Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

express one's self to any one

  • 1 adversa

    ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., with in or dat.:

    illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    in quamcunque domus lumina partem,

    Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:

    malis numen,

    Verg. A. 4, 611:

    huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,

    Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
    B.
    Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:

    classem in portum,

    Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:

    terrae proras,

    Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:

    Colchos puppim,

    Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:

    profugi advertere coloni,

    landed, Sil. 1, 288;

    hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,

    Verg. A. 7, 196:

    pedem ripae,

    id. ib. 6, 386:

    urbi agmen,

    id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:

    Scythicas advertitur oras,

    Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:

    si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:

    nunc huc animum advortite ambo,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 169:

    advertunt animos ad religionem,

    Lucr. 3, 54:

    monitis animos advertite nostris,

    Ov. M. 15, 140:

    animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,

    Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:

    ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:

    adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,

    Liv. 4, 45.—
    B.
    Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):

    et hoc animum advorte,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:

    hanc edictionem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    haec animum te advertere par est,

    Lucr. 2, 125:

    animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:

    Postquam id animum advertit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:

    quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,

    Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:

    ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,

    as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:

    postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:

    quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,

    Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:

    qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,

    attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:

    donec advertit Tiberius,

    Tac. A. 4, 54:

    Zenobiam advertere pastores,

    id. ib. 12, 51:

    advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,

    id. ib. 13, 54:

    quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,

    id. ib. 15, 30 al.:

    hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,

    Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:

    ut multos adverto credidisse,

    id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:

    animis advertite vestris,

    Verg. A. 2, 712:

    hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,

    Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
    C.
    To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):

    gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,

    Tac. A. 1, 41:

    octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,

    id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
    D.
    To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):

    non docet admonitio, sed advertit,

    i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:

    advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 48.—
    E.
    Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):

    in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,

    Tac. A. 2, 32:

    ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,

    id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
    1.
    adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
    A.
    In gen.:

    solem adversum intueri,

    Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:

    Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,

    Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:

    antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:

    quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:

    L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,

    in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:

    adversis vulneribus,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:

    judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28:

    cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,

    id. Verr. 5, 3:

    impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,

    ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:

    adversa signa,

    Liv. 30, 8:

    legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,

    i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:

    armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,

    Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:

    qui timet his adversa,

    the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:

    in adversum flumen contendere,

    Lucr. 4, 423:

    adverso feruntur flumine,

    id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:

    adverso amne,

    Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;

    adverso Tiberi subvehi,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:

    rate in secundam aquam labente,

    Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:

    navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:

    portus ex adverso urbi positus,

    Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:

    Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,

    Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:

    cum ex adverso starent classes,

    Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:

    et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,

    against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;

    in adversum Romani subiere,

    Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
    B.
    In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:

    hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:

    advorsus nemini,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:

    mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,

    Cic. Sull. 10:

    acclamatio,

    id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:

    adversis auspiciis,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:

    adversum omen,

    Suet. Vit. 8:

    adversissima auspicia,

    id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:

    ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:

    adversi casus,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    adversae rerum undae,

    a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):

    quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?

    Liv. 6, 40:

    adversus annus frugibus,

    id. 4, 12:

    valetudo adversa,

    i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:

    adversum proelium,

    an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.

    8, 31: adverso rumore esse,

    to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:

    adversa subsellia,

    on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:

    quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,

    Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:

    neque est aliud adversius,

    Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—
    * Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:

    advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:

    nihil adversi,

    Cic. Brut. 1, 4:

    si quid adversi accidisset,

    Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:

    secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,

    Plin. Pan. 31;

    esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,

    id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):

    multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,

    Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
    C.
    In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
    3.
    adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
    A.
    Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:

    ibo advorsum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:

    facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 82:

    obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?

    Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:

    adversus resistere,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:

    nemo adversus ibat,

    Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):

    solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:

    ei advorsum venimus,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
    B.
    Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
    1.
    In a friendly sense.
    (α).
    Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:

    adversus advocatos,

    Liv. 45, 7, 5:

    medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,

    opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:

    adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,

    Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:

    Lerina, adversum Antipolim,

    id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
    (β).
    In the presence of any one, before:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):

    immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,

    what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:

    mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,

    Titin. ib. 232, 21:

    utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):

    adversus ea consul... respondit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
    (γ).
    In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:

    repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,

    will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:

    quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,

    id. 7, 32, 8.—
    (δ).
    Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:

    quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:

    te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,

    i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:

    lentae adversum imperia aures,

    Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;

    Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:

    sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 33:

    adversus merita ingratissimus,

    Vell. 2, 69, 5:

    summa adversus alios aequitas erat,

    Liv. 3, 33, 8:

    ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,

    id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:

    beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,

    Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
    (ε).
    of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:

    epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,

    as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:

    quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,

    in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
    2.
    In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:

    advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:

    advorsum te fabulare illud,

    against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:

    stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:

    respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §

    69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:

    gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46:

    adversus se non esse missos exercitus,

    Liv. 3, 66:

    bellum adversum Xerxem moret,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:

    copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,

    Liv. 8, 2, 5:

    adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,

    id. 26, 25, 10 al.:

    T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,

    Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):

    adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,

    Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:

    frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,

    Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:

    egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:

    advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,

    Sall. J. 43, 5:

    invictus adversum gratiam animus,

    Tac. A. 15, 21:

    adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,

    Suet. Tib. 28:

    Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,

    Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:

    fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,

    Curt. 4, 14:

    infirmus adversum pecuniam,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:

    inferior adversus laborem,

    id. Epit. 40, 20.
    ► a.
    Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:

    hunc adversus,

    Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:

    quos advorsum ierat,

    Sall. J. 101, 8.—
    b.
    It sometimes suffers tmesis:

    Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58:

    animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,

    id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:

    in Galliam vorsus castra movere,

    Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adversa

  • 2 adverto

    ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., with in or dat.:

    illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    in quamcunque domus lumina partem,

    Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:

    malis numen,

    Verg. A. 4, 611:

    huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,

    Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
    B.
    Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:

    classem in portum,

    Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:

    terrae proras,

    Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:

    Colchos puppim,

    Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:

    profugi advertere coloni,

    landed, Sil. 1, 288;

    hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,

    Verg. A. 7, 196:

    pedem ripae,

    id. ib. 6, 386:

    urbi agmen,

    id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:

    Scythicas advertitur oras,

    Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:

    si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:

    nunc huc animum advortite ambo,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 169:

    advertunt animos ad religionem,

    Lucr. 3, 54:

    monitis animos advertite nostris,

    Ov. M. 15, 140:

    animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,

    Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:

    ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:

    adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,

    Liv. 4, 45.—
    B.
    Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):

    et hoc animum advorte,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:

    hanc edictionem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    haec animum te advertere par est,

    Lucr. 2, 125:

    animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:

    Postquam id animum advertit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:

    quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,

    Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:

    ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,

    as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:

    postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:

    quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,

    Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:

    qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,

    attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:

    donec advertit Tiberius,

    Tac. A. 4, 54:

    Zenobiam advertere pastores,

    id. ib. 12, 51:

    advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,

    id. ib. 13, 54:

    quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,

    id. ib. 15, 30 al.:

    hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,

    Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:

    ut multos adverto credidisse,

    id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:

    animis advertite vestris,

    Verg. A. 2, 712:

    hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,

    Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
    C.
    To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):

    gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,

    Tac. A. 1, 41:

    octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,

    id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
    D.
    To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):

    non docet admonitio, sed advertit,

    i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:

    advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 48.—
    E.
    Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):

    in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,

    Tac. A. 2, 32:

    ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,

    id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
    1.
    adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
    A.
    In gen.:

    solem adversum intueri,

    Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:

    Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,

    Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:

    antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:

    quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:

    L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,

    in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:

    adversis vulneribus,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:

    judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28:

    cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,

    id. Verr. 5, 3:

    impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,

    ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:

    adversa signa,

    Liv. 30, 8:

    legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,

    i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:

    armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,

    Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:

    qui timet his adversa,

    the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:

    in adversum flumen contendere,

    Lucr. 4, 423:

    adverso feruntur flumine,

    id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:

    adverso amne,

    Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;

    adverso Tiberi subvehi,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:

    rate in secundam aquam labente,

    Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:

    navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:

    portus ex adverso urbi positus,

    Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:

    Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,

    Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:

    cum ex adverso starent classes,

    Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:

    et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,

    against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;

    in adversum Romani subiere,

    Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
    B.
    In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:

    hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:

    advorsus nemini,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:

    mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,

    Cic. Sull. 10:

    acclamatio,

    id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:

    adversis auspiciis,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:

    adversum omen,

    Suet. Vit. 8:

    adversissima auspicia,

    id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:

    ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:

    adversi casus,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    adversae rerum undae,

    a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):

    quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?

    Liv. 6, 40:

    adversus annus frugibus,

    id. 4, 12:

    valetudo adversa,

    i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:

    adversum proelium,

    an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.

    8, 31: adverso rumore esse,

    to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:

    adversa subsellia,

    on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:

    quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,

    Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:

    neque est aliud adversius,

    Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—
    * Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:

    advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:

    nihil adversi,

    Cic. Brut. 1, 4:

    si quid adversi accidisset,

    Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:

    secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,

    Plin. Pan. 31;

    esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,

    id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):

    multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,

    Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
    C.
    In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
    3.
    adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
    A.
    Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:

    ibo advorsum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:

    facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 82:

    obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?

    Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:

    adversus resistere,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:

    nemo adversus ibat,

    Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):

    solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:

    ei advorsum venimus,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
    B.
    Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
    1.
    In a friendly sense.
    (α).
    Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:

    adversus advocatos,

    Liv. 45, 7, 5:

    medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,

    opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:

    adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,

    Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:

    Lerina, adversum Antipolim,

    id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
    (β).
    In the presence of any one, before:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):

    immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,

    what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:

    mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,

    Titin. ib. 232, 21:

    utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):

    adversus ea consul... respondit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
    (γ).
    In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:

    repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,

    will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:

    quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,

    id. 7, 32, 8.—
    (δ).
    Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:

    quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:

    te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,

    i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:

    lentae adversum imperia aures,

    Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;

    Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:

    sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 33:

    adversus merita ingratissimus,

    Vell. 2, 69, 5:

    summa adversus alios aequitas erat,

    Liv. 3, 33, 8:

    ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,

    id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:

    beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,

    Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
    (ε).
    of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:

    epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,

    as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:

    quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,

    in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
    2.
    In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:

    advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:

    advorsum te fabulare illud,

    against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:

    stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:

    respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §

    69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:

    gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46:

    adversus se non esse missos exercitus,

    Liv. 3, 66:

    bellum adversum Xerxem moret,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:

    copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,

    Liv. 8, 2, 5:

    adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,

    id. 26, 25, 10 al.:

    T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,

    Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):

    adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,

    Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:

    frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,

    Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:

    egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:

    advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,

    Sall. J. 43, 5:

    invictus adversum gratiam animus,

    Tac. A. 15, 21:

    adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,

    Suet. Tib. 28:

    Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,

    Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:

    fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,

    Curt. 4, 14:

    infirmus adversum pecuniam,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:

    inferior adversus laborem,

    id. Epit. 40, 20.
    ► a.
    Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:

    hunc adversus,

    Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:

    quos advorsum ierat,

    Sall. J. 101, 8.—
    b.
    It sometimes suffers tmesis:

    Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58:

    animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,

    id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:

    in Galliam vorsus castra movere,

    Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adverto

  • 3 advorto

    ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., with in or dat.:

    illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    in quamcunque domus lumina partem,

    Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:

    malis numen,

    Verg. A. 4, 611:

    huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,

    Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
    B.
    Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:

    classem in portum,

    Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:

    terrae proras,

    Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:

    Colchos puppim,

    Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:

    profugi advertere coloni,

    landed, Sil. 1, 288;

    hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,

    Verg. A. 7, 196:

    pedem ripae,

    id. ib. 6, 386:

    urbi agmen,

    id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:

    Scythicas advertitur oras,

    Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:

    si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:

    nunc huc animum advortite ambo,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 169:

    advertunt animos ad religionem,

    Lucr. 3, 54:

    monitis animos advertite nostris,

    Ov. M. 15, 140:

    animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,

    Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:

    ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:

    adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,

    Liv. 4, 45.—
    B.
    Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):

    et hoc animum advorte,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:

    hanc edictionem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    haec animum te advertere par est,

    Lucr. 2, 125:

    animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:

    Postquam id animum advertit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:

    quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,

    Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:

    ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,

    as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:

    postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:

    quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,

    Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:

    qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,

    attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:

    donec advertit Tiberius,

    Tac. A. 4, 54:

    Zenobiam advertere pastores,

    id. ib. 12, 51:

    advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,

    id. ib. 13, 54:

    quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,

    id. ib. 15, 30 al.:

    hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,

    Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:

    ut multos adverto credidisse,

    id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:

    animis advertite vestris,

    Verg. A. 2, 712:

    hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,

    Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
    C.
    To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):

    gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,

    Tac. A. 1, 41:

    octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,

    id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
    D.
    To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):

    non docet admonitio, sed advertit,

    i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:

    advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 48.—
    E.
    Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):

    in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,

    Tac. A. 2, 32:

    ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,

    id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
    1.
    adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
    A.
    In gen.:

    solem adversum intueri,

    Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:

    Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,

    Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:

    antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:

    quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:

    L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,

    in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:

    adversis vulneribus,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:

    judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28:

    cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,

    id. Verr. 5, 3:

    impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,

    ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:

    adversa signa,

    Liv. 30, 8:

    legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,

    i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:

    armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,

    Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:

    qui timet his adversa,

    the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:

    in adversum flumen contendere,

    Lucr. 4, 423:

    adverso feruntur flumine,

    id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:

    adverso amne,

    Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;

    adverso Tiberi subvehi,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:

    rate in secundam aquam labente,

    Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:

    navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:

    portus ex adverso urbi positus,

    Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:

    Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,

    Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:

    cum ex adverso starent classes,

    Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:

    et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,

    against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;

    in adversum Romani subiere,

    Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
    B.
    In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:

    hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:

    advorsus nemini,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:

    mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,

    Cic. Sull. 10:

    acclamatio,

    id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:

    adversis auspiciis,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:

    adversum omen,

    Suet. Vit. 8:

    adversissima auspicia,

    id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:

    ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:

    adversi casus,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    adversae rerum undae,

    a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):

    quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?

    Liv. 6, 40:

    adversus annus frugibus,

    id. 4, 12:

    valetudo adversa,

    i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:

    adversum proelium,

    an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.

    8, 31: adverso rumore esse,

    to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:

    adversa subsellia,

    on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:

    quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,

    Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:

    neque est aliud adversius,

    Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—
    * Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:

    advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:

    nihil adversi,

    Cic. Brut. 1, 4:

    si quid adversi accidisset,

    Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:

    secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,

    Plin. Pan. 31;

    esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,

    id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):

    multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,

    Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
    C.
    In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
    3.
    adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
    A.
    Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:

    ibo advorsum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:

    facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 82:

    obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?

    Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:

    adversus resistere,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:

    nemo adversus ibat,

    Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):

    solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:

    ei advorsum venimus,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
    B.
    Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
    1.
    In a friendly sense.
    (α).
    Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:

    adversus advocatos,

    Liv. 45, 7, 5:

    medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,

    opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:

    adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,

    Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:

    Lerina, adversum Antipolim,

    id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
    (β).
    In the presence of any one, before:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):

    immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,

    what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:

    mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,

    Titin. ib. 232, 21:

    utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):

    adversus ea consul... respondit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
    (γ).
    In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:

    repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,

    will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:

    quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,

    id. 7, 32, 8.—
    (δ).
    Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:

    quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:

    te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,

    i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:

    lentae adversum imperia aures,

    Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;

    Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:

    sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 33:

    adversus merita ingratissimus,

    Vell. 2, 69, 5:

    summa adversus alios aequitas erat,

    Liv. 3, 33, 8:

    ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,

    id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:

    beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,

    Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
    (ε).
    of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:

    epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,

    as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:

    quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,

    in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
    2.
    In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:

    advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:

    advorsum te fabulare illud,

    against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:

    stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:

    respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §

    69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:

    gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46:

    adversus se non esse missos exercitus,

    Liv. 3, 66:

    bellum adversum Xerxem moret,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:

    copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,

    Liv. 8, 2, 5:

    adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,

    id. 26, 25, 10 al.:

    T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,

    Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):

    adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,

    Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:

    frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,

    Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:

    egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:

    advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,

    Sall. J. 43, 5:

    invictus adversum gratiam animus,

    Tac. A. 15, 21:

    adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,

    Suet. Tib. 28:

    Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,

    Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:

    fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,

    Curt. 4, 14:

    infirmus adversum pecuniam,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:

    inferior adversus laborem,

    id. Epit. 40, 20.
    ► a.
    Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:

    hunc adversus,

    Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:

    quos advorsum ierat,

    Sall. J. 101, 8.—
    b.
    It sometimes suffers tmesis:

    Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58:

    animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,

    id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:

    in Galliam vorsus castra movere,

    Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > advorto

  • 4 выражать

    несовер. - выражать;
    совер. - выразить( что-л.) express, show;
    convey (передавать) ;
    voice, give voice (to) (общее мнение и т. п.) выражать вотум доверия правительству ≈ to pass a vote of confidence in the government, give the government a vote of confidence выражать благодарность ≈ to express one's thanks выражать неудовольствие ≈ to show displeasure выражать словами ≈ to put into words выражать в числах ≈ evaluate мат.
    выраж|ать -, выразить (вн.)
    1. express (smth.) ;
    ~ благодарность кому-л. express one`s thanks to smb. ;
    ~ протест voice one`s protest;
    ~ что-л. словами put* smth. into words;

    2. тк. несов. (обозначать) denote( smth.), express (smth.) ;

    3. (обозначать в каких-л. единицах) express (smth.) ;
    ~аться, выразиться
    4. (пр.;
    проявляться) find* expression (in), manifest itself (in) ;
    (принимать форму) take* the form (of) ;
    ~аться в том, что... express itself in the fact that...;

    5. (высказываться) express one self;
    разг. swear*, use swear words;
    мягко ~аясь to put it mildly;
    ~ение с. expression;
    ~ение лица expression;
    сильные ~ения strong language sg. ;
    читать без ~ения read* monotonously, read* without any expression;
    с ~ением with expression.

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > выражать

  • 5 duda

    f.
    1 doubt.
    poner algo en duda to call something into question
    sacar a alguien de la duda to remove somebody's doubts
    salir de dudas to set one's mind at rest
    sin duda without (a) doubt
    tengo mis dudas I have my doubts
    ¡la duda ofende! how could you doubt me!
    no cabe duda there is no doubt about it
    no te quepa duda don't doubt it, make no mistake about it
    2 acatalepsia.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: dudar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: dudar.
    * * *
    1 doubt
    \
    no hay duda there is no doubt
    no te quepa duda make no mistake about it
    poner algo en duda to question something
    sacar a alguien de dudas to dispel somebody's doubts
    salir de dudas to shed one's doubts
    sin duda no doubt, without a doubt
    sin la menor duda without the slightest doubt
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=incertidumbre) doubt

    queda la duda en pie sobre... — doubt remains about...

    • un hecho que no admite duda — an unquestionable fact

    • ante la duda, no lo hagas — if in doubt, don't

    • me asaltó la duda de si... — I was suddenly seized by a doubt as to whether...

    • no cabe duda de que... — there can be no doubt that...

    no me cabe la menor duda de que vamos a ganar — I have absolutely no doubt that we will win, there is absolutely no doubt in my mind that we will win

    • en caso de duda — if in doubt

    "en caso de duda, consulte a su farmacéutico" — "if in doubt, consult your pharmacist"

    • para desvanecer o disipar toda duda — in order to clear up any doubts, to banish all doubts

    • estar en duda, aún está en duda si él será el nuevo director — there's still some doubt as to o about whether he will be the new manager

    estoy en la duda sobre si me iré de vacaciones o no — I'm undecided o in two minds about whether to go on holiday or not

    • fuera de toda duda — beyond all doubt

    • sin lugar a duda(s) — without doubt, undoubtedly

    • poner algo en duda — to question sth, doubt sth

    no pongo en duda que sea verdad, pero... — I don't doubt that it's true, but...

    • sacar a algn de dudas o de la duda — to clear things up for sb

    • salir de dudas, pregúntaselo a él, así saldremos de dudas — ask him, then we'll know

    pues no salimos de dudas — we're none the wiser, then

    • sin duda — undoubtedly

    esta es, sin duda alguna, una de las mejores novelas que he leído — this is, without (any) doubt, one of the best novels I've read, this is undoubtedly one of the best novels I've read

    • sin sombra de duda — without a shadow of a doubt

    la duda ofende —

    ¿cómo que si te lo voy a devolver?, por favor, la duda ofende — what do you mean am I going to give it back to you?, how could you think otherwise?

    2) (=pregunta) question, query

    ¿queda alguna duda? — are there any queries?

    * * *
    1) (interrogante, sospecha) doubt

    expuso sus dudas sobre... — he expressed his reservations about...

    ¿tienen alguna duda? — are there any queries o questions?

    no cabe ninguna duda or la menor duda — there cannot be the slightest doubt

    sin duda or sin lugar a dudas — undoubtedly

    ante or en la duda, abstente — if in doubt, don't

    2) (estado de incertidumbre, indecisión)

    no sé que hacer, estoy en (la) duda — I don't know what to do; I'm of (AmE) o (BrE) in two minds about it

    * * *
    = doubt, reservation, qualm, perplex, quandary, equivocation.
    Ex. However, for others, the ideal status had not yet been achieved and there was doubt about the practical applicability of equity laws.
    Ex. Microforms are easy to use, although there were early reservations concerning the fact that users need to become familiar with any specific kind of microform and its reader.
    Ex. In the article 'Caveats, qualms, and quibbles: a revisionist view of library automation', a public librarian expresses his concern about computers in libraries and the lack of healthy scepticism in libraries when considering the likely benefits of automation.
    Ex. The article 'The print perplex' asserts that librarians must deal with a future of mixed print and digital material, since most books will never be in digital form.
    Ex. The increasing use and popularity of the Internet and phytomedicinals (medicinal herbs and medical botanics) have created a quandary for researchers, consumers and information professionals.
    Ex. We stand with the Secretary-General of the United Nations and other distinguished speakers in stating without equivocation that everyone has the right to freedom of expression.
    ----
    * arrojar dudas sobre = cast + doubt on, cast + doubt on.
    * con dudas = uncertainly.
    * confirmar las dudas = fulfil + doubts.
    * dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.
    * demostrar sin lugar a dudas = prove + conclusively.
    * demostrar sin ninguna duda = demonstrate + beyond any doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.
    * demostrar sin ningún género de duda = demonstrate + beyond (all) doubt, demonstrate + emphatically, demonstrate + beyond any doubt, prove + beyond any doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.
    * despertar dudas = stir + doubts.
    * disipar dudas = dispel + doubts.
    * duda en uno mismo = self-doubt.
    * duda, la = seed of doubt, the.
    * dudas = hesitation, misgiving, second thoughts.
    * dudas + asaltar = doubts + assail.
    * el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * en duda = in doubt.
    * en un mar de dudas = at sea.
    * estar en duda = be in question.
    * estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.
    * expresar dudas = express + doubts, express + reservations, express + misgivings, voice + misgivings, voice + reservations.
    * fuera de toda duda = incontrovertible, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * generar dudas = make + Nombre + doubt.
    * germen de la duda, el = seed of doubt, the.
    * haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.
    * la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.
    * lleno de dudas = doubtful.
    * más allá de cualquier duda = beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de ninguna duda = beyond doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * no dejar duda = leave + little doubt.
    * no dejar ninguna duda = leave + no doubt.
    * no haber duda de que = there + be + no doubt that.
    * no haber duda (que) = there + be + no question (that).
    * no hay duda de que = undoubtedly.
    * no poner en duda = be unquestioned.
    * plantear dudas = raise + doubts.
    * plantearse dudas = have + second thoughts.
    * poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.
    * poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * producir dudas = make + Nombre + doubt.
    * que no se ha puesto en duda = unquestioned, unscrutinised [unscrutinized, -USA].
    * resolver las dudas = solve + Posesivo + doubts.
    * sembrar el germen de la duda = plant + the seed of doubt, sow + the seed of doubt.
    * sembrar la duda = plant + the seed of doubt, sow + the seed of doubt.
    * sin duda = doubtless, no doubt, of course, surely, to be sure, undoubtedly, indubitably, without a doubt, without doubt, no mistake, hands down.
    * sin duda alguna = without any doubt.
    * sin el menor asomo de duda = without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin la más mínima duda = without the shadow of a doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin la menor duda = no mistake, no doubt.
    * sin la menor sombra de duda = without a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin lugar a dudas = conclusively, undeniably, unquestionably, without any doubt, by all accounts, no mistake, no doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, to be sure.
    * sin ninguna duda = without question, without any doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, no mistake, no doubt.
    * sin ningún género de duda = without any doubt whatsoever.
    * sin ningún género de dudas = indisputably.
    * sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.
    * sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.
    * sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.
    * suscitar duda = shed + doubt.
    * suscitar dudas = raise + doubts.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * * *
    1) (interrogante, sospecha) doubt

    expuso sus dudas sobre... — he expressed his reservations about...

    ¿tienen alguna duda? — are there any queries o questions?

    no cabe ninguna duda or la menor duda — there cannot be the slightest doubt

    sin duda or sin lugar a dudas — undoubtedly

    ante or en la duda, abstente — if in doubt, don't

    2) (estado de incertidumbre, indecisión)

    no sé que hacer, estoy en (la) duda — I don't know what to do; I'm of (AmE) o (BrE) in two minds about it

    * * *
    la duda
    (n.) = seed of doubt, the

    Ex: Of course just like any seed, the seed of doubt needs proper environment to grow.

    = doubt, reservation, qualm, perplex, quandary, equivocation.

    Ex: However, for others, the ideal status had not yet been achieved and there was doubt about the practical applicability of equity laws.

    Ex: Microforms are easy to use, although there were early reservations concerning the fact that users need to become familiar with any specific kind of microform and its reader.
    Ex: In the article 'Caveats, qualms, and quibbles: a revisionist view of library automation', a public librarian expresses his concern about computers in libraries and the lack of healthy scepticism in libraries when considering the likely benefits of automation.
    Ex: The article 'The print perplex' asserts that librarians must deal with a future of mixed print and digital material, since most books will never be in digital form.
    Ex: The increasing use and popularity of the Internet and phytomedicinals (medicinal herbs and medical botanics) have created a quandary for researchers, consumers and information professionals.
    Ex: We stand with the Secretary-General of the United Nations and other distinguished speakers in stating without equivocation that everyone has the right to freedom of expression.
    * arrojar dudas sobre = cast + doubt on, cast + doubt on.
    * con dudas = uncertainly.
    * confirmar las dudas = fulfil + doubts.
    * dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.
    * demostrar sin lugar a dudas = prove + conclusively.
    * demostrar sin ninguna duda = demonstrate + beyond any doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.
    * demostrar sin ningún género de duda = demonstrate + beyond (all) doubt, demonstrate + emphatically, demonstrate + beyond any doubt, prove + beyond any doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.
    * despertar dudas = stir + doubts.
    * disipar dudas = dispel + doubts.
    * duda en uno mismo = self-doubt.
    * duda, la = seed of doubt, the.
    * dudas = hesitation, misgiving, second thoughts.
    * dudas + asaltar = doubts + assail.
    * el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * en duda = in doubt.
    * en un mar de dudas = at sea.
    * estar en duda = be in question.
    * estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.
    * expresar dudas = express + doubts, express + reservations, express + misgivings, voice + misgivings, voice + reservations.
    * fuera de toda duda = incontrovertible, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * generar dudas = make + Nombre + doubt.
    * germen de la duda, el = seed of doubt, the.
    * haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.
    * la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.
    * lleno de dudas = doubtful.
    * más allá de cualquier duda = beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de ninguna duda = beyond doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * no dejar duda = leave + little doubt.
    * no dejar ninguna duda = leave + no doubt.
    * no haber duda de que = there + be + no doubt that.
    * no haber duda (que) = there + be + no question (that).
    * no hay duda de que = undoubtedly.
    * no poner en duda = be unquestioned.
    * plantear dudas = raise + doubts.
    * plantearse dudas = have + second thoughts.
    * poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.
    * poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * producir dudas = make + Nombre + doubt.
    * que no se ha puesto en duda = unquestioned, unscrutinised [unscrutinized, -USA].
    * resolver las dudas = solve + Posesivo + doubts.
    * sembrar el germen de la duda = plant + the seed of doubt, sow + the seed of doubt.
    * sembrar la duda = plant + the seed of doubt, sow + the seed of doubt.
    * sin duda = doubtless, no doubt, of course, surely, to be sure, undoubtedly, indubitably, without a doubt, without doubt, no mistake, hands down.
    * sin duda alguna = without any doubt.
    * sin el menor asomo de duda = without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin la más mínima duda = without the shadow of a doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin la menor duda = no mistake, no doubt.
    * sin la menor sombra de duda = without a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin lugar a dudas = conclusively, undeniably, unquestionably, without any doubt, by all accounts, no mistake, no doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, to be sure.
    * sin ninguna duda = without question, without any doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, no mistake, no doubt.
    * sin ningún género de duda = without any doubt whatsoever.
    * sin ningún género de dudas = indisputably.
    * sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.
    * sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.
    * sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.
    * suscitar duda = shed + doubt.
    * suscitar dudas = raise + doubts.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

    * * *
    A (interrogante, sospecha) doubt
    existen dudas con respecto a la autoría de este poema there are doubts regarding the authorship of this poem
    expuso sus dudas sobre la viabilidad del proyecto he expressed his doubts o reservations about the feasibility of the project
    tengo unas dudas para consultar con el profesor I have a few points I'd like to go over with the teacher
    me ha surgido una duda there's something I'm not sure about
    no logré disipar sus dudas I was unable to dispel his doubts
    ¿entendieron bien o tienen alguna duda? is that clear or are there any queries o questions?
    ¿crees que lo podrá hacer él? — tengo mis dudas do you think that he will be able to do it? — I have my doubts
    de pronto lo asaltó una duda suddenly he was seized by doubt
    no hay ni sombra de duda sobre su culpabilidad there can be no doubt about his guilt, there isn't a shadow of doubt that he's guilty
    nunca tuve la menor duda de que tenía razón I was never in any doubt that he was right, I never doubted that he was right
    su honestidad está fuera de (toda) duda his honesty is beyond (all) doubt
    de eso no cabe la menor duda there's absolutely no doubt about that
    no cabe ninguna duda or la menor duda there cannot be the slightest doubt
    no te quepa la menor duda make no mistake!
    que es buen médico no lo pongo en duda pero … I don't doubt that he's a good doctor, but …
    nadie pone en duda su capacidad para realizar el trabajo nobody questions o doubts his ability to do the job
    fue, sin duda, uno de los mejores escritores del siglo he was undoubtedly o without doubt one of the best writers of the century
    sin duda te lo has preguntado más de una vez no doubt you've asked yourself this more than once, I'm sure you've asked yourself this more than once
    sin lugar a dudas without doubt
    su manera de actuar no dejaba lugar a dudas the way he behaved left little room for doubt
    ¡la duda ofende! ( fam): ¿no habrás cogido tú el dinero? — ¡la duda ofende! you didn't take the money, did you? — how can you even think such a thing?
    por las dudas just in case
    ante or en la duda, abstente if in doubt, don't
    B
    (estado de incertidumbre, indecisión): estaba convencido, pero ya me has hecho entrar en (la) duda I was sure, but now you've made me wonder
    no sé si decírselo o no, estoy en (la) duda I don't know whether to tell him or not: I'm of ( AmE) o ( BrE) in two minds about it
    el resultado todavía está en duda the result still isn't certain o is still in doubt
    a ver si puedes sacarme de la duda do you think you can clear something up for me? o I wonder if you know o if you can tell me
    si estás en (la) duda no lo compres if you're not sure o if you're in any doubt, don't buy it
    * * *

     

    Del verbo dudar: ( conjugate dudar)

    duda es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    duda    
    dudar
    duda sustantivo femenino
    1 (interrogante, sospecha) doubt;
    ◊ expuso sus dudas sobre … he expressed his reservations about …;

    tengo unas dudas para consultar I have a few points I'd like to check;
    me ha surgido una duda there's something I'm not sure about;
    ¿tienen alguna duda? are there any queries o questions?;
    nunca tuve la menor duda de que tenía razón I never doubted that he was right;
    fuera de (toda) duda beyond (all) doubt;
    de eso no cabe la menor duda there's absolutely no doubt about that;
    lo pongo en duda I doubt it;
    sin duda or sin lugar a dudas undoubtedly;
    sin duda ya te lo habrás preguntado no doubt you'll have already asked yourself that question;
    para salir de dudas just to be doubly sure
    2 (estado de incertidumbre, indecisión):

    a ver si puedes sacarme de la duda do you think you can clear something up for me?;
    si estás en (la) duda no lo compres if you're not sure don't buy it
    dudar ( conjugate dudar) verbo transitivo
    to doubt;
    ◊ dudo que lo haya terminado I doubt if o whether he's finished it

    verbo intransitivo: duda entre comprar y alquilar she can't make up her mind whether to buy or rent;
    duda en hacer algo to hesitate to do sth;
    duda de algo/algn to doubt sth/sb
    duda sustantivo femenino doubt: la lectura le despertó esa duda, reading aroused that doubt in him
    su integridad está fuera de toda duda, her integrity is beyond question
    puso en duda la viabilidad del proyecto, he questioned the viability of the project
    ♦ Locuciones: sin (lugar a) duda, (ciertamente) es sin duda alguna el mejor producto del mercado, it's without question the best product on the market
    dudar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to doubt: no dudes de él, don't distrust him
    2 (estar indeciso) to hesitate [en, to]: dudaban entre comprarlo o no, they hesitated whether to buy it or not
    II verbo transitivo to doubt: dudo mucho que se disculpe, I very much doubt that he'll apologize

    ' duda' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acaso
    - caber
    - debatirse
    - despejar
    - desvanecerse
    - disipar
    - existir
    - inseguridad
    - plantear
    - poner
    - reconcomer
    - reparo
    - reserva
    - sombra
    - abrigar
    - aclarar
    - asaltar
    - bueno
    - consultar
    - dudar
    - entrar
    - entredicho
    - leve
    - perdurar
    - reflejar
    - resolver
    - seguro
    - titubeo
    English:
    benefit
    - burn out
    - cast
    - clinch
    - definitely
    - doubt
    - doubtless
    - if
    - illuminate
    - illumination
    - misgiving
    - pocket
    - positively
    - qualm
    - query
    - question
    - seed
    - settle
    - should
    - surely
    - uncertainty
    - vestige
    - well
    - bound
    - definite
    - doubtful
    - element
    - self-
    - shadow
    - undoubtedly
    * * *
    duda nf
    1. [inseguridad, indecisión] doubt;
    la duda se apoderó de él he was filled with doubt;
    ante la duda,… if in doubt,…;
    sacar a alguien de la duda to remove sb's doubts
    2. [cuestión, problema]
    ¿alguien tiene alguna duda? does anyone have any questions?, is there anything anyone's not clear about?;
    resolveré vuestras dudas al final de la clase I'll answer your questions o I'll go over anything you're not sure about at the end of the class;
    todavía me queda una duda, ¿por qué lo hizo? there's still one thing I don't understand, why did she do it?;
    me asalta una duda, ¿habré hecho bien en dejar a los niños solos? I can't help wondering whether I was right to leave the children on their own;
    queda la duda de qué habría pasado si… the doubt remains about what would have happened if…;
    salir de dudas to clear up doubts;
    pregúntale y así salimos de dudas ask him and that will settle the matter;
    con su detallada explicación salimos finalmente de dudas her detailed explanation finally cleared up our doubts
    3. [desconfianza, sospecha] doubt;
    expresó sus dudas sobre la oportunidad de celebrar un referéndum he expressed some doubt about whether it was a good idea to have a referendum;
    existen dudas sobre la autoría del atentado there is some doubt surrounding who was responsible for the attack;
    tengo mis dudas I have my doubts;
    nunca tuve la menor duda de que era inocente I never for one moment doubted that she was innocent, I never had the slightest doubt that she was innocent;
    estar fuera de toda duda to be beyond the slightest doubt;
    su inocencia está fuera de toda duda her innocence is not in question, there is no question that she is innocent;
    no cabe (la menor) duda there is (absolutely) no doubt about it;
    no cabe duda de que el tabaco es perjudicial para la salud there's no doubt that smoking is bad for your health;
    no te quepa (la menor) duda don't doubt it, make no mistake about it;
    no dejar lugar a dudas to leave no room for doubt;
    poner algo en duda to put sth in doubt;
    dice que ha resuelto el problema – lo pongo en duda she says she has solved the problem – I would doubt that o I rather doubt that;
    pongo en duda que pueda hacerlo en una semana I doubt he can do it in a week, I would question whether he can do it in a week;
    sin duda without (a) doubt;
    el avión es, sin duda, el medio de transporte más cómodo the plane is undoubtedly o without doubt the most comfortable form of transport;
    es, sin duda, la mejor lasaña que he probado nunca it is beyond a doubt o definitely the best lasagne I've ever had;
    ¿vendrás a la fiesta? – ¡sin duda! are you coming to the party? – of course!;
    sin duda alguna, sin alguna duda without (a) doubt;
    sin la menor duda without the slightest doubt;
    sin sombra de duda beyond the shadow of a doubt;
    ¡la duda ofende!: ¿te molestaría que invitáramos a mi madre? – la duda ofende would you mind if we invited my mother? – of course you can, there's no need to ask;
    no creía que fueras a acabar – ¡la duda ofende! I never thought you'd finish – well thank you very much!
    * * *
    f doubt;
    sin duda without doubt;
    poner en duda call into question;
    estar fuera de (toda) duda be beyond (any) doubt;
    no cabe la menor duda there is absolutely no doubt;
    salir de dudas get things clear;
    todavía tengo mis dudas I still have (my) doubts, I’m still dubious
    * * *
    duda nf
    : doubt
    no cabe duda: there's no doubt about it
    * * *
    duda n
    1. (en general) doubt
    2. question / query [pl. queries]
    ¡señor, tengo una duda! sir! I've got a query!

    Spanish-English dictionary > duda

  • 6 right

    1) право ( суб'єктивне); праводомагання; справедлива вимога; привілей; права сторона
    2) правильний; належний; правомірний, справедливий; правий ( у політичному сенсі); реакційний
    3) відновлювати ( справедливість); виправляти(ся)
    •

    right a wrong done to the person — виправляти шкоду, заподіяну особі

    right not to answer any questions that might produce evidence against an accused — право не давати відповідей (не відповідати) на будь-які запитання, що можуть бути використані як свідчення проти обвинуваченого

    right of a state to request the recall of a foreign envoy as persona non grata — право держави вимагати відкликання іноземного представника як персони нон грата

    right of every state to dispose of its wealth and its national resources — право кожної держави розпоряджатися своїми багатствами і природними ресурсами

    right of everyone to the opportunity to gain his living by work — право кожної людини на отримання можливості заробляти собі на прожиття власною працею

    right of legislative initiative — право законодавчої ініціативи, право законодавства

    right of nations to self-determination up to and including separation as a state — право націй на самовизначення аж до державного відокремлення

    right of the accused to have adequate time, facilities and assistance for his defence — = right of the accused to have adequate time, facilities and assistance for his defense право обвинуваченого мати достатньо часу, можливостей і допомоги для свого захисту

    right of the accused to have adequate time, facilities and assistance for his defense — = right of the accused to have adequate time, facilities and assistance for his defence

    right of unhindered communication with the authorities of the appointing state — право безперешкодних зносин із властями своєї держави

    right to arrange meetings, processions and picketing — право на мітинги, демонстрації і пікетування

    right to be confronted with witness — право очної ставки із свідком захисту, право конфронтації ( право обвинуваченого на очну ставку із свідком захисту)

    right to be represented by counsel — право бути представленим адвокатом, право на представництво через адвоката

    right to choose among a variety of products in a marketplace free from control by one or a few sellers — право вибирати продукцію на ринку, вільному від контролю одного чи кількох продавців

    right to choose between speech and silence — право самому визначати, чи говорити, чи мовчати

    right to compensation for the loss of earnings resulting from an injury at work — право на відшкодування за втрату заробітку ( або працездатності) внаслідок каліцтва на роботі, право отримати компенсацію за втрату джерела прибутку внаслідок виробничої травми

    right to conduct confidential communications — право здійснювати конфіденційне спілкування, право конфіденційного спілкування ( адвоката з клієнтом тощо)

    right to do with one's body as one pleases — право робити з своїм тілом все, що завгодно

    right to gather and publish information or opinions without governmental control or fear of punishment — право збирати і публікувати інформацію або думки без втручання держави і страху бути покараним

    right to lease or sell the airspace above the property — право здавати в оренду або продавати повітряний простір над своєю власністю

    right to leave any country, including one's own, and to return to one's country — право залишати будь-яку країну, включаючи свою власну, і повертатися до своєї країни

    right to possession, enjoyment and disposal — право на володіння, користування і розпорядження

    right to safety from product-related hazards — право на безпеку від шкоди, яку може бути заподіяно товаром

    right to use one's own language — право на свою власну мову; право спілкуватися своєю власною мовою

    right of a person to control the distribution of information about himself — = right of a person to control the distribution of information about herself право особи контролювати поширення інформації про себе

    right of a person to control the distribution of information about herself — = right of a person to control the distribution of information about himself

    right of states to self-defence — = right of states to self-defense право держав на самооборону

    right of states to self-defense — = right of states to self-defence

    right of the accused to counsel — = right of the accused to legal advice право обвинуваченого на адвоката (захисника) ( або на захист)

    right of the accused to legal advice — = right of the accused to counsel

    right to collective self-defence — = right to collective self-defense право на колективну самооборону

    right to collective self-defense — = right to collective self-defence

    right to collective self-defence — = right to collective self-defense право на колективну самооборону

    right to collective self-defense — = right to collective self-defence

    right to consult with one's attorney — = right to consult with one's lawyer право отримувати юридичну допомогу від (свого) адвоката, право на консультацію з адвокатом

    right to consult with one's lawyer — = right to consult with one's attorney

    right to control the work of the administration — = right to control the work of the managerial staff право контролю (діяльності) адміністрації ( підприємства)

    right to control the work of the managerial staff — = right to control the work of the administration

    right to individual self-defence — = right to individual self-defense право на індивідуальну самооборону

    right to individual self-defense — = right to individual self-defence

    right to obtain documents essential for an adequate defence — = right to obtain documents essential for an adequate defense право отримувати документи, необхідні для належного захисту

    right to obtain documents essential for an adequate defense — = right to obtain documents essential for an adequate defence

    right to regulate news agencies — = right to regulate news organizations право регулювати діяльність інформаційних агентств

    right to regulate news organizations — = right to regulate news agencies

    - right a wrong done
    - right at law
    - Right-Centrist
    - right extremism
    - right extremist
    - right-hand man
    - right-holder
    - right in action
    - right in gross
    - right in personam
    - right in rem
    - right not to belong to a union
    - right of a trial by jury
    - right of abode
    - right of access
    - right of access to courts
    - right of access to court
    - right of action
    - right of angary
    - right of appeal
    - right of approach
    - right of appropriation
    - right of assembly
    - right of asylum
    - right of audience
    - right of authorship
    - right of birth
    - right of blood
    - right of chapel
    - right of choice
    - right of common
    - right of concurrent user
    - right of conscience
    - right of contribution
    - right of correction
    - right of court
    - right of denunciation
    - right of detention
    - right of dissent
    - right of divorce
    - right of eminent domain
    - right of enjoyment
    - right of entry
    - right of equal protection
    - right of establishment
    - right of existence
    - right of expatriation
    - right of expectancy
    - right of feud
    - right of first refusal
    - right of fishery
    - right of free access
    - right of hot pursuit
    - right of individual petition
    - right of innocent passage
    - right of intercourse
    - right of intervention
    - right of joint use
    - right of jurisdiction
    - right of legal entity
    - right of legation
    - right of light
    - right of membership
    - right of military service
    - right of mortgage
    - right of navigation
    - right of operative management
    - right of ownership
    - right of passage
    - right of patent
    - right of personal security
    - right of petition
    - right of place
    - right of political asylum
    - right of possession
    - right of pre-emption
    - right of primogeniture
    - right of prior use
    - right of priority
    - right of privacy
    - right of private property
    - right of property
    - right of protest
    - right of publicity
    - right of pursuit
    - right of re-election
    - right of recourse
    - right of recovery
    - right of redemption
    - right of regress
    - right of relief
    - right of remuneration
    - right of reply
    - right of representation
    - right of reprisal
    - right of reproduction
    - right of rescission
    - right of retaliation
    - right of retention
    - right of sanctuary
    - right of search
    - right of secrecy
    - right of self-determination
    - right of self-preservation
    - right of settlement
    - right of silence
    - right of suit
    - right of taking game
    - right of the individual
    - right of the owner
    - right of the people
    - right of the state
    - right of transit
    - right of translation
    - right of visit
    - right of visit and search
    - right of water
    - right of way
    - right of withdrawal
    - right on name
    - right oneself
    - right the oppressed
    - right to a building
    - right to a counsel
    - right to a dual citizenship
    - right to a fair trial
    - right to a flag
    - right to a hearing
    - right to a nationality
    - right to a piece of land
    - right to a reasonable bail
    - right to a speedy trial
    - right to a trial by jury
    - right to act independently
    - right to administer property
    - right to adopt children
    - right to aid of counsel
    - right to air
    - right to an abortion
    - right to an effective remedy
    - right to annul laws
    - right to appeal
    - right to appoint judges
    - right to assemble peaceably
    - right to assistance of counsel
    - right to attend
    - right to bail
    - right to bargain collectively
    - right to be confronted
    - right to be heard
    - right to be presumed innocent
    - right to be represented
    - right to bear arms
    - right to bear fire-arms
    - right to become president
    - right to begin
    - right to belong to a union
    - right to burn national flag
    - right to carry a firearm
    - right to carry arms
    - right to carry fire-arms
    - right to challenge a candidate
    - right to challenge a juror
    - right to change allegiance
    - right to choose
    - right to choose one's religion
    - right to coin money
    - right to collective bargaining
    - right to compensation
    - right to consult an attorney
    - right to counsel
    - right to criticism
    - right to cultural autonomy
    - right to damages
    - right to declare war
    - right to designate one's hairs
    - right to die
    - right to divorce
    - right to earn a living
    - right to education
    - right to elect and be elected
    - right to emigrate
    - right to end pregnancy
    - right to enjoy one's benefits
    - right to enter a country
    - right to exact payment
    - right to expel a trespasser
    - right to express ones' views
    - right to expropriate
    - right to fish
    - right to fly a maritime flag
    - right to found a family
    - right to frame a constitution
    - right to free education
    - right to free medical services
    - right to freedom
    - right to freedom from torture
    - right to freedom of expression
    - right to freedom of residence
    - right to freedom of speech
    - right to health
    - right to hold a public office
    - right to hold property
    - right to housing
    - right to human dignity
    - right to immediate release
    - right to impose taxes
    - right to impose taxes
    - right to independence
    - right to inherit
    - right to initiate legislation
    - right to inspection
    - right to interpret laws
    - right to intervene
    - right to introduce legislation
    - right to join an association
    - right to jury trial
    - right to keep and bear arms
    - right to keep arms
    - right to possess firearms
    - right to kill
    - right to land
    - right to lease
    - right to legal equality
    - right to legal representation
    - right to legislate
    - right to levy taxes
    - right to liberty
    - right to life
    - right to make a decision
    - right to make a will
    - right to make treaties
    - right to manage
    - right to maternity leave
    - right to medical care
    - right to national autonomy
    - right to neutrality
    - right to nullify laws
    - right to one's own culture
    - right to oppose
    - right to organize unions
    - right to ownership of property
    - right to personal security
    - right to picket
    - right to possess firearms
    - right to practice law
    - right to present witnesses
    - right to privacy
    - right to private property
    - right to property
    - right to protection
    - right to public trial
    - right to publish expression
    - right to punish a child
    - right to real estate
    - right to recall
    - right to recover
    - right to redeem
    - right to redress
    - right to regulate trade
    - right to remain silent
    - right to remarry
    - right to rest
    - right to rest and leisure
    - right to retain counsel
    - right to return to work
    - right to safety
    - right to secede
    - right to secede from the USSR
    - right to secession
    - right to security
    - right to security of person
    - right to seek elective office
    - right to seek pardon
    - right to seek refund
    - right to self-determination
    - right to self-expression
    - right to self-government
    - right to sell
    - right to silence
    - right to social insurance
    - right to social security
    - right to speak
    - right to stop a prosecution
    - right to strike
    - right to sublet
    - right to subpoena witness
    - right to sue
    - right to take water
    - right to tariff reduction
    - right to tax exemption
    - right to terminate a contract
    - right to terminate pregnancy
    - right to the name
    - right to the office
    - right to the patent
    - right to the voice
    - right to think freely
    - right to transfer property
    - right to travel
    - right to treasure trove
    - right to trial by jury
    - right to use
    - right to use firearms
    - right to use force
    - right to use water
    - right to veto
    - right to will property
    - right to work
    - right of defence
    - right of defense
    - right to collect revenues
    - right to collect taxes
    - right to exist
    - right to existence
    - right to issue decrees
    - right to issue edicts
    - right to labor
    - right to labour
    - right to self-defence
    - right to self-defense
    - right to set penalties
    - right to set punishment

    English-Ukrainian law dictionary > right

  • 7 Creativity

       Put in this bald way, these aims sound utopian. How utopian they areor rather, how imminent their realization-depends on how broadly or narrowly we interpret the term "creative." If we are willing to regard all human complex problem solving as creative, then-as we will point out-successful programs for problem solving mechanisms that simulate human problem solvers already exist, and a number of their general characteristics are known. If we reserve the term "creative" for activities like discovery of the special theory of relativity or the composition of Beethoven's Seventh Symphony, then no example of a creative mechanism exists at the present time. (Simon, 1979, pp. 144-145)
       Among the questions that can now be given preliminary answers in computational terms are the following: how can ideas from very different sources be spontaneously thought of together? how can two ideas be merged to produce a new structure, which shows the influence of both ancestor ideas without being a mere "cut-and-paste" combination? how can the mind be "primed," so that one will more easily notice serendipitous ideas? why may someone notice-and remember-something fairly uninteresting, if it occurs in an interesting context? how can a brief phrase conjure up an entire melody from memory? and how can we accept two ideas as similar ("love" and "prove" as rhyming, for instance) in respect of a feature not identical in both? The features of connectionist AI models that suggest answers to these questions are their powers of pattern completion, graceful degradation, sensitization, multiple constraint satisfaction, and "best-fit" equilibration.... Here, the important point is that the unconscious, "insightful," associative aspects of creativity can be explained-in outline, at least-by AI methods. (Boden, 1996, p. 273)
       There thus appears to be an underlying similarity in the process involved in creative innovation and social independence, with common traits and postures required for expression of both behaviors. The difference is one of product-literary, musical, artistic, theoretical products on the one hand, opinions on the other-rather than one of process. In both instances the individual must believe that his perceptions are meaningful and valid and be willing to rely upon his own interpretations. He must trust himself sufficiently that even when persons express opinions counter to his own he can proceed on the basis of his own perceptions and convictions. (Coopersmith, 1967, p. 58)
       he average level of ego strength and emotional stability is noticeably higher among creative geniuses than among the general population, though it is possibly lower than among men of comparable intelligence and education who go into administrative and similar positions. High anxiety and excitability appear common (e.g. Priestley, Darwin, Kepler) but full-blown neurosis is quite rare. (Cattell & Butcher, 1970, p. 315)
       he insight that is supposed to be required for such work as discovery turns out to be synonymous with the familiar process of recognition; and other terms commonly used in the discussion of creative work-such terms as "judgment," "creativity," or even "genius"-appear to be wholly dispensable or to be definable, as insight is, in terms of mundane and well-understood concepts. (Simon, 1989, p. 376)
       From the sketch material still in existence, from the condition of the fragments, and from the autographs themselves we can draw definite conclusions about Mozart's creative process. To invent musical ideas he did not need any stimulation; they came to his mind "ready-made" and in polished form. In contrast to Beethoven, who made numerous attempts at shaping his musical ideas until he found the definitive formulation of a theme, Mozart's first inspiration has the stamp of finality. Any Mozart theme has completeness and unity; as a phenomenon it is a Gestalt. (Herzmann, 1964, p. 28)
       Great artists enlarge the limits of one's perception. Looking at the world through the eyes of Rembrandt or Tolstoy makes one able to perceive aspects of truth about the world which one could not have achieved without their aid. Freud believed that science was adaptive because it facilitated mastery of the external world; but was it not the case that many scientific theories, like works of art, also originated in phantasy? Certainly, reading accounts of scientific discovery by men of the calibre of Einstein compelled me to conclude that phantasy was not merely escapist, but a way of reaching new insights concerning the nature of reality. Scientific hypotheses require proof; works of art do not. Both are concerned with creating order, with making sense out of the world and our experience of it. (Storr, 1993, p. xii)
       The importance of self-esteem for creative expression appears to be almost beyond disproof. Without a high regard for himself the individual who is working in the frontiers of his field cannot trust himself to discriminate between the trivial and the significant. Without trust in his own powers the person seeking improved solutions or alternative theories has no basis for distinguishing the significant and profound innovation from the one that is merely different.... An essential component of the creative process, whether it be analysis, synthesis, or the development of a new perspective or more comprehensive theory, is the conviction that one's judgment in interpreting the events is to be trusted. (Coopersmith, 1967, p. 59)
       In the daily stream of thought these four different stages [preparation; incubation; illumination or inspiration; and verification] constantly overlap each other as we explore different problems. An economist reading a Blue Book, a physiologist watching an experiment, or a business man going through his morning's letters, may at the same time be "incubating" on a problem which he proposed to himself a few days ago, be accumulating knowledge in "preparation" for a second problem, and be "verifying" his conclusions to a third problem. Even in exploring the same problem, the mind may be unconsciously incubating on one aspect of it, while it is consciously employed in preparing for or verifying another aspect. (Wallas, 1926, p. 81)
       he basic, bisociative pattern of the creative synthesis [is] the sudden interlocking of two previously unrelated skills, or matrices of thought. (Koestler, 1964, p. 121)
        11) The Earliest Stages in the Creative Process Involve a Commerce with Disorder
       Even to the creator himself, the earliest effort may seem to involve a commerce with disorder. For the creative order, which is an extension of life, is not an elaboration of the established, but a movement beyond the established, or at least a reorganization of it and often of elements not included in it. The first need is therefore to transcend the old order. Before any new order can be defined, the absolute power of the established, the hold upon us of what we know and are, must be broken. New life comes always from outside our world, as we commonly conceive that world. This is the reason why, in order to invent, one must yield to the indeterminate within him, or, more precisely, to certain illdefined impulses which seem to be of the very texture of the ungoverned fullness which John Livingston Lowes calls "the surging chaos of the unexpressed." (Ghiselin, 1985, p. 4)
       New life comes always from outside our world, as we commonly conceive our world. This is the reason why, in order to invent, one must yield to the indeterminate within him, or, more precisely, to certain illdefined impulses which seem to be of the very texture of the ungoverned fullness which John Livingston Lowes calls "the surging chaos of the unexpressed." Chaos and disorder are perhaps the wrong terms for that indeterminate fullness and activity of the inner life. For it is organic, dynamic, full of tension and tendency. What is absent from it, except in the decisive act of creation, is determination, fixity, and commitment to one resolution or another of the whole complex of its tensions. (Ghiselin, 1952, p. 13)
       [P]sychoanalysts have principally been concerned with the content of creative products, and with explaining content in terms of the artist's infantile past. They have paid less attention to examining why the artist chooses his particular activity to express, abreact or sublimate his emotions. In short, they have not made much distinction between art and neurosis; and, since the former is one of the blessings of mankind, whereas the latter is one of the curses, it seems a pity that they should not be better differentiated....
       Psychoanalysis, being fundamentally concerned with drive and motive, might have been expected to throw more light upon what impels the creative person that in fact it has. (Storr, 1993, pp. xvii, 3)
       A number of theoretical approaches were considered. Associative theory, as developed by Mednick (1962), gained some empirical support from the apparent validity of the Remote Associates Test, which was constructed on the basis of the theory.... Koestler's (1964) bisociative theory allows more complexity to mental organization than Mednick's associative theory, and postulates "associative contexts" or "frames of reference." He proposed that normal, non-creative, thought proceeds within particular contexts or frames and that the creative act involves linking together previously unconnected frames.... Simonton (1988) has developed associative notions further and explored the mathematical consequences of chance permutation of ideas....
       Like Koestler, Gruber (1980; Gruber and Davis, 1988) has based his analysis on case studies. He has focused especially on Darwin's development of the theory of evolution. Using piagetian notions, such as assimilation and accommodation, Gruber shows how Darwin's system of ideas changed very slowly over a period of many years. "Moments of insight," in Gruber's analysis, were the culminations of slow long-term processes.... Finally, the information-processing approach, as represented by Simon (1966) and Langley et al. (1987), was considered.... [Simon] points out the importance of good problem representations, both to ensure search is in an appropriate problem space and to aid in developing heuristic evaluations of possible research directions.... The work of Langley et al. (1987) demonstrates how such search processes, realized in computer programs, can indeed discover many basic laws of science from tables of raw data.... Boden (1990a, 1994) has stressed the importance of restructuring the problem space in creative work to develop new genres and paradigms in the arts and sciences. (Gilhooly, 1996, pp. 243-244; emphasis in original)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Creativity

  • 8 plaudo

    plaudo ( plōdo, Varr. ap. Non. 478, 5, and Quint. 6, 1, 52), si, sum, 3, v. a. and n.
    I.
    Act., to clap, strike, beat any thing ( poet.; cf.

    plango),

    Verg. Cir. 179:

    pectora manu,

    Ov. M. 2, 866:

    clipeum pectore,

    Stat. Th. 7, 134:

    aquas,

    id. S. 1, 3, 74:

    choreas pedibus,

    to execute a choral dance, stamping with the feet, Verg. A. 6, 644:

    plausis alis,

    Ov. M. 14, 507; 14, 577.—
    II.
    Neutr., to clap, strike, beat (of two bodies striking together).
    A.
    In gen. ( poet. and in postAug. prose):

    alis Plaudentem figit sub nube columbam,

    Verg. A. 5, 515:

    pennis,

    with her wings, Ov. M. 8, 238:

    rostro,

    id. ib. 6, 97. — Absol.:

    aversas inter se manus collide, non plaudent,

    Sen. Q. N. 2, 28.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To clap the hands in token of approbation, to applaud, clap (class.):

    manus suas in plaudendo consumere,

    Cic. Att. 16, 2, 3:

    huic ita plausum est, ut salvā re publicā Pompeio plaudi solebat,

    id. ib. 2, 19, 3.—In the theatre, at the close of the piece: nunc, spectatores, Jovis summi causā clare plaudite, Plaut. Am. fin.; id. Ep. fin.; cf.:

    usque Sessuri, donec cantor, vos plaudite, dicat,

    Hor. A. P. 155; and:

    cum ventum est ad ipsum illud. quo veteres tragoediae comoediaeque clauduntur, Plodite,

    Quint. 6, 1, 52 Spald. N. cr.; cf. also: manibus clare, Plaut. Cas. fin.:

    spectavi ego pridem comicos ad istum modum Sapienter dicta dicere atque is plaudier,

    id. Rud. 4, 7, 24: in aliquem, to express disapprobation of any one by clapping, pounding, stamping, i. e. to hiss him off, Min. Fel. Octav. 14.—
    2.
    Transf., in gen., to express approbation, to approve, applaud:

    plaudit sepultis,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 88:

    dis hominibusque plaudentibus,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 4, 1; Juv. 3, 157:

    funus,

    id. 1, 146: sibi, to applaud one's self, to be satisfied or well contented with one's self:

    populus me sibilat: at mihi plaudo Ipse domi,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 66:

    nec ipse tibi plaudis,

    Plin. Ep. 9, 14.—
    3.
    To strike hands in completing a bargain:

    stultus homo plaudet manibus,

    Vulg. Prov. 17, 18.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > plaudo

  • 9 interés

    m.
    1 interest, concernment, regard, interestedness.
    2 interest, yield.
    * * *
    1 (gen) interest; (propio) self-interest
    2 FINANZAS interest
    \
    de gran interés very interesting
    ir en interés de to be in the interests of
    poner interés en algo to take an interest in something, put effort into something
    tener interés en to be interested in
    interés compuesto compound interest
    interés simple simple interest
    intereses creados vested interests
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=valor) interest
    2) (=curiosidad) interest

    el tema despertó o suscitó el interés del público — the topic aroused public interest

    • esperar algo con interés — to await sth with interest

    • mostrar interés en o por algo — to show (an) interest in sth

    • poner interés en algo — to take an interest in sth

    • sentir o tener interés por algo — to be interested in sth

    si tienes interés por el piso, todavía está a la venta — if you're interested in the flat, it's still for sale

    siento auténtico interés por los idiomas — I have a real interest o I am really interested in languages

    sentir o tener interés por hacer algo — to be interested in doing sth

    3) (=beneficio)
    a) [de persona, país] interest

    ¿qué interés tienes tú en que pierdan el partido? — what's your interest in their losing the match?

    b) (Econ) interest

    un préstamo a o con un interés del 9 por ciento — a loan at 9 per cent interest

    • dar interés — [capital, inversión] to yield interest; [banco, cuenta] to pay interest

    mi capital me da un interés del 5,3 por ciento — my capital yields an interest of 5.3 per cent

    • devengar interés — to accrue interest, earn interest

    • tasa LAm o tipo de interés — interest rate

    interés devengado — accrued interest, earned interest

    4) pl intereses
    a) (Com) interests

    • un conflicto de intereses — a conflict of interests

    • tener intereses en algo — to have interests o a stake in sth

    tiene intereses en varias compañías extranjeras — he has interests o a stake in several foreign companies

    b) (=aficiones) interests

    ¿qué intereses tienes? — what are your interests?

    * * *
    1)
    a) (importancia, valor) interest
    b) ( actitud) interest

    tengo especial interés en que... — I am particularly concerned o keen that...

    c) (afición, inquietud) interest
    2)
    a) (conveniencia, beneficio) interest

    por tu propio interés — in your own interest, for your own good

    b) intereses masculino plural ( objetivos) interests (pl)
    c) intereses masculino plural (bienes, capital)

    tiene intereses en esa empresa — he has a stake o an interest in that company

    3) (Fin) interest

    a or con un interés del 12% — at 12% interest o at an interest rate of 12%

    •
    * * *
    1)
    a) (importancia, valor) interest
    b) ( actitud) interest

    tengo especial interés en que... — I am particularly concerned o keen that...

    c) (afición, inquietud) interest
    2)
    a) (conveniencia, beneficio) interest

    por tu propio interés — in your own interest, for your own good

    b) intereses masculino plural ( objetivos) interests (pl)
    c) intereses masculino plural (bienes, capital)

    tiene intereses en esa empresa — he has a stake o an interest in that company

    3) (Fin) interest

    a or con un interés del 12% — at 12% interest o at an interest rate of 12%

    •
    * * *
    interés1
    1 = appeal, appetite, concern, focus, involvement, interest, knowledge interest, piquancy, penchant, pursuit, topicality.

    Ex: Indeed, if they are not successful in finding ways of renewing their original purpose and appeal, they are on their way to dissolution and displacement.

    Ex: We need to know what and how consumers' information appetites have changed.
    Ex: The use of agents is necessary but not ideal, because an agent often represents rival concerns, and aims for a quick turnover rather than long-term profitability.
    Ex: Our focus in this text is on the first stage in the following diagram.
    Ex: Clearly, anyone having any dealings at all with the CAP needs a general understanding of how the system works, at a level which is appropriate to their involvement.
    Ex: An abstracting bulletin is generally a weekly or monthly current-awareness service containing abstracts of all documents of interest that have passed into the library or information unit during that time.
    Ex: Phenomenography is an approach that builds on phenomenological and hermeneutic traditions; its knowledge interest is to describe the varying conceptions held within a specific group about a phenomenon = La fenomenografía es un método que parte de las tradicionaes fenomenológicas y hermenéuticas; su interés es describir las diversas concepciones que un grupo concreto tiene sobre un fenómeno.
    Ex: Young was a man of singular eccentricity and piquancy of character, a person who was very interesting in his own right.
    Ex: Our penchant to organize is perhaps as close to a biological imperative as any form of human behavior is likely to come.
    Ex: What is more arguable is whether or not it is a bibliographical pursuit at all since it bears little relationship to the physical nature of the book.
    Ex: This year, the event is gaining topicality because of the EU enlargement.
    * actuar en defensa de los intereses de las bibliotecas y bibliotec = library advocacy.
    * adaptarse a un interés = accommodate + interest.
    * ámbito de interés = sphere of interest.
    * ampliar el interés = broaden + interest.
    * aprovecharse del interés general por Algo = exploit + appeal.
    * área de interés = field of interest.
    * atraer el interés = capture + the imagination, capture + the interest, draw + interest.
    * atraer el interés de = catch + the imagination of.
    * caer fuera del interés de = lie outside + the scope of.
    * caer fuera del interés de uno = fall outside + Posesivo + interest.
    * campo de interés = sphere of interest.
    * captar el interés = capture + the imagination, capture + the interest.
    * captar el interés de = catch + the imagination of.
    * coincidir con los intereses de uno = match + interests.
    * combinar intereses = bridge + interests.
    * conflicto de intereses = conflict of interest(s), competing interests.
    * con intereses ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses propios = self-interested.
    * conjunto de intereses = set of interests.
    * Consejo Internacional de Museos y Lugares de Interés (ICOMS) = International Council of Museums and Sites (ICOMOS).
    * constatar el interés = gauge + interest.
    * con un interés en = with a stake in.
    * crear interés = build + interest.
    * dar interés = spice up, add + spice.
    * debate por tema de interés = breakout discussion.
    * defender los intereses = defend + interests, lobby for + interests.
    * defender los intereses de = go to + bat for, bat for.
    * defensa de intereses = lobbying.
    * defensa de los intereses de las bibliotecas y bibliotecarios = library advocacy.
    * defensor de los intereses del ciudadano = watchdog.
    * de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.
    * de intereses similares = of like interest.
    * de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.
    * de interés humano = human interest.
    * de interés periodístico = newsworthy.
    * despertar el interés = provoke + interest, stimulate + interest, stir + interest, whet + the appetite, heighten + interest, rouse + interest, capture + the imagination, capture + the interest, work up + an interest, pique + interest.
    * despertar el interés de = catch + the imagination of.
    * despertar interés = arouse + interest, attract + interest, raise + interest, spark + interest.
    * despertar interés por = kindle + interest in.
    * destinado a despertar el interés del usuario = highlight abstract.
    * dirigir los intereses de uno = break into.
    * el interés público = the public interest.
    * en interés de = in the interest(s) of.
    * esperar con interés (+ Infinitivo), = look forward to (+ Gerundio).
    * estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.
    * expresión de interés = application.
    * falta de interés por cooperar = unresponsiveness.
    * foco de interés = focus of interest, focus of concern, focus of attention.
    * fomentar el interés = raise + interest, foster + interest, foster + interest.
    * fomentar interés = build + interest.
    * generar interés = generate + interest.
    * grupo de interés = focus group, interest group.
    * grupo de trabajo por tema de interés = breakout group.
    * guiado por intereses propios = interest-determined.
    * hacer que pierda el interés = take + the shine off things.
    * institución de interés histórico = heritage institution.
    * institución de interés histórico y cultural = cultural heritage institution.
    * interés cada vez mayor = growing interest.
    * interés + centrarse en = interest + lie with.
    * interés comercial = business interest, commercial interest.
    * interés común = shared interest.
    * interés creado = vested interest.
    * interés + decaer = interest + flag.
    * interés económico = economic interest.
    * intereses = breadth of interests.
    * intereses comerciales = market forces, marketplace forces.
    * intereses comunes = common ground, community of interest.
    * intereses contrapuestos = conflicting interests.
    * intereses cotidianos = life interests.
    * intereses de lectura = reading interests.
    * intereses encontrados = competing interests.
    * intereses ocultos = hidden agenda.
    * interés general = public interest.
    * interés pasajero = passing interest.
    * interés periodístico = newsworthiness.
    * interés personal = vested interest, self-interest, axe + to grind, personal interest.
    * interés por ganar dinero = profit motive.
    * interés por los libros = awareness of books.
    * interés público = public interest.
    * interés renovado = renewed interest.
    * ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.
    * lleno de interés = solicitously.
    * lugar de interés = attraction, sight.
    * lugares de interés = sights.
    * mantener el interés = hold + the interest.
    * mantener un interés = pursue + interest.
    * material documental de interés para los vecinos del barrio = community literature.
    * máximo interés = maximum interest.
    * mostrar interés = mark + interest.
    * mostrar interés en = show + interest in.
    * mostrar interés por = express + interest in.
    * motivado por intereses propios = interest-based.
    * mucho interés = keen interest.
    * muestra de interés = expression of interest.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * noticias diarias de interés = daily news alerts.
    * objeto de interés = object of interest.
    * ordenación topográfica según los intereses del lector = reader interest arrangement.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * perder el interés = pall.
    * perder interés = lapse, lose + interest.
    * perfil de interés = subject interest.
    * perfil de interés del usuario = subject profile, user interest profile.
    * perjudicar los intereses = prejudice + interests.
    * por interés = out of interest.
    * por interés personal = self-interested.
    * profundizar el interés = deepen + interest.
    * promover un interés = promote + interest.
    * proyección de cuestiones de interés = issues management.
    * punto de interés = point of interest.
    * quitar el interés = take + the shine off things.
    * renovado interés = upsurge.
    * resumen de interés = highlight abstract.
    * reunión por temas de interés = breakout session.
    * según los intereses personales de cada uno = interest-based.
    * ser de interés para = be of interest (to/for).
    * servir los intereses = serve + interests.
    * sesión por tema de interés = breakout session.
    * sin interés = unexciting, uninteresting, unmoving, vapid.
    * tarea falta de interés = chore.
    * tema de interés = area of concern, area of enquiry [area of inquiry], area of interest, focus area, issue of concern, topic of interest.
    * temas de interés de los usuarios = user interests.
    * temas de interés particular = particular concerns.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por = be interested in.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener un interés muy personal en = have + a stake in, hold + a stake in.
    * tomarse interés por = take + an interest in.

    interés2
    2 = interest, rate, interest charge.

    Ex: Repayments is normally by equal half-yearly payments of capital and interest after a moratorium on capital repayments of up to five years, depending on project completion date.

    Ex: The EIB is able to borrow money at the best possible rates, and as it is non-profit making it is able to offer loans at advantageous terms.
    Ex: And, most importantly, even if a company makes a loss, it still has to pay its interest charges.
    * interés bancario = interest rate.
    * interés compuesto = compound interest.
    * intereses del capital = capital charges.
    * interés fijo = fixed interest.
    * interés simple = simple interest.
    * pago de los intereses = interest payment.
    * recorte de los tipos de interés = rate cut, interest-rate cut.
    * reducción de los tipos de interés = rate cut, interest-rate cut.
    * subida de los tipos de interés = rate increase, interest-rate increase.
    * tipo de interés base = base rate, prime rate.
    * tipo de interés preferente = base rate, prime rate.

    * * *
    A
    1 (importancia, valor) interest
    de interés turístico of interest to tourists
    un tema de interés humano a human interest story
    un descubrimiento de enorme interés científico a discovery of enormous scientific significance o importance
    una anécdota sin ningún interés an anecdote of little or no interest
    2 (actitud) interest
    el anuncio despertó or suscitó el interés de todos the advertisement aroused everyone's interest
    con gran interés with great interest
    interés EN algo interest IN sth
    pon más interés en tus estudios take more interest in your schoolwork
    tengo especial interés en que esto se resuelva pronto I am particularly concerned o keen that this should be resolved quickly
    tienen gran interés en probarlo they are very interested in testing it
    3 (afición, inquietud) interest
    la fotografía se cuenta entre sus muchos intereses photography is one of her many interests
    B
    1 (conveniencia, beneficio) interest
    por tu propio interés in your own interest, for your own good o benefit
    las mejoras van en interés de todos the improvements are in everyone's interest
    actúa sólo por interés he acts purely out of self-interest o in his own interest
    2 intereses mpl (objetivos) interests (pl)
    había un conflicto de intereses there was a conflict of interests
    (bienes, capital): tiene intereses en varias empresas he has a stake o an interest in several companies
    un contable administra sus intereses an accountant looks after her investments
    Compuestos:
    mpl vested interests (pl)
    mpl private interests (pl)
    el interés público the public interest
    C ( Fin) interest
    un préstamo a or con un interés del 12% a loan at 12% interest o at an interest rate of 12%
    pagan unos intereses muy altos or un interés muy alto they pay very high interest o very high rates of interest
    devengar or ganar intereses to earn interest
    tipo de interés rate of interest
    Compuestos:
    compound interest
    simple interest
    * * *

     

    interés sustantivo masculino
    1 ( en general) interest;

    pon más interés en tus estudios take more interest in your schoolwork;
    tengo especial interés en que … I am particularly concerned o keen that …;
    tienen gran interés en verlo they are very interested in seeing it;
    por tu propio interés in your own interest, for your own good;
    actúa solo por interés he acts purely in his own interest o out of self-interest;
    conflicto de intereses conflict of interests
    2 (Fin) interest;
    a or con un interés del 12% at 12% interest o at an interest rate of 12%;

    tipo de interés rate of interest
    interés sustantivo masculino
    1 (curiosidad) interest: tienes que poner más interés en ello, you must take more interest in it
    tengo interés en/por viajar a Perú, I'm interested in travelling to Peru
    2 (importancia) esta película carece de interés, this movie lacks interest
    no ha sucedido nada de interés, nothing interesting has happened
    3 (provecho personal) self-interest: te llama solo por interés, he phones you out of self-interest
    (provecho, bien) in the interest of: lo haré en interés tuyo, I shall do it for your own good
    en interés de la ciencia, for the sake of science
    4 Fin interest
    con un interés del 15%, at an interest rate of 15%
    tipos de interés, interest rates
    ♦ Locuciones: perder el interés, to lose interest
    con intereses, (con creces, más de lo que se recibió) with interest
    ' interés' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    amorfa
    - amorfo
    - candente
    - captar
    - carente
    - comodidad
    - común
    - conveniencia
    - dar
    - decir
    - deducirse
    - desgana
    - desganada
    - desganado
    - despertarse
    - desvivirse
    - devengar
    - entregarse
    - flojedad
    - hinchar
    - hipotecaria
    - hipotecario
    - importar
    - inquietud
    - interesar
    - interesada
    - interesado
    - lengua
    - llamar
    - menguante
    - morbosa
    - morboso
    - pasar
    - polarizar
    - revelar
    - solicitud
    - tinta
    - tipo
    - ver
    - abusivo
    - acaparar
    - anecdótico
    - anual
    - aparentar
    - aparente
    - apreciar
    - atractivo
    - atraer
    - auténtico
    - baja
    English:
    accrue
    - active
    - ax
    - axe
    - bear
    - benefit
    - capture
    - conflicting
    - deep
    - demolish
    - develop
    - fire
    - flag
    - flat
    - fluctuate
    - foster
    - interest
    - interest rate
    - keen
    - keenly
    - lack
    - lending
    - LIBOR
    - pall
    - pay
    - prime rate
    - really
    - reduction
    - revive
    - rising
    - self-interest
    - send down
    - show
    - sight
    - simple interest
    - stake
    - stimulate
    - sustain
    - vested
    - wane
    - yield
    - bank
    - concern
    - fixed
    - memorabilia
    - pique
    - purpose
    - rate
    - revival
    - secondary
    * * *
    1. [utilidad, valor] interest;
    de interés interesting;
    un descubrimiento de gran interés para los enfermos de sida a discovery of great signifiance to people with AIDS;
    una construcción de interés histórico a building of historical interest
    2. [curiosidad] interest;
    un tema de interés común a subject of interest to everyone;
    el hallazgo ha despertado el interés de los científicos the discovery has aroused scientists' interest;
    tener interés en o [m5] por to be interested in;
    tengo interés por recorrer el centro de la ciudad I'm interested in doing a tour of the town centre;
    sigo con interés la polémica I'm following the debate with interest
    3. [esfuerzo] interest;
    trabajó con mucho interés en el proyecto she was an enthusiastic worker on the project;
    poner interés en algo to take a real interest in sth;
    tienes que poner más interés en los estudios you must show a bit more interest in your schoolwork
    4. [conveniencia, provecho] interest;
    una obra de interés general o [m5] público a construction project that is in everyone's o the public interest;
    hacer algo por el interés de alguien, hacer algo en interés de alguien to do sth in sb's interest;
    tengo interés en que venga pronto it's in my interest that he should come soon;
    a todos nos mueve un interés común we are all motivated by a common interest
    5. [egoísmo] self-interest, selfishness;
    por interés out of selfishness;
    casarse por (el) interés to marry for money
    intereses creados vested interests
    6.
    intereses [aficiones] interests;
    entre sus intereses se cuentan el golf y la vela his interests include golf and sailing
    7.
    intereses [económicos] interests;
    los intereses españoles en Latinoamérica Spanish interests in Latin America;
    tiene intereses en una empresa del sector he has interests o a stake in a company in that sector;
    su hermana administra sus intereses her sister looks after her financial interests
    8. Fin interest;
    un préstamo con un interés del 5 por ciento a loan at 5 percent interest;
    interés a corto/largo plazo short-/long-term interest;
    tipo o [m5] tasa de interés interest rate
    interés acumulable cumulative interest;
    interés compuesto compound interest;
    intereses de demora penalty interest [for late payment];
    interés devengado accrued o earned interest;
    interés interbancario interbank deposit rate;
    interés de mora penalty interest [for late payment];
    interés preferencial preferential interest rate;
    interés simple simple interest;
    intereses vencidos interest due
    * * *
    m
    1 interest
    2 COM interest;
    sin interés interest free
    self-interest
    4
    :
    intereses pl ( bienes) interests
    * * *
    interés nm, pl - reses : interest
    * * *
    interés n interest
    en esta cuenta obtendrás un interés del 5% you'll get 5% interest from this account
    tener interés en/por hacer algo to be keen to do something

    Spanish-English dictionary > interés

  • 10 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    ① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    ② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    ③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    ④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    ⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    ⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    ⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    ⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    ⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    ⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    ⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    ⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against
    ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    ⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    ⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    ⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    ⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    ⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    ⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    ⓒ w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 11 πνεῦμα

    πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).
    ① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)
    ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).
    ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).
    ② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.
    ③ a part of human personality, spirit
    ⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.
    ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).
    ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.
    ④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).
    ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).
    ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.
    ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.
    ⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.
    ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.
    ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.
    ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).
    β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.
    ⓓ abs.
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).
    β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.
    ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.
    ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.
    ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.
    α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.
    β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.
    γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).
    δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.
    ⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).
    ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.
    ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).
    ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.
    ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.
    ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.
    ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.
    ⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.
    ⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα

  • 12 γάρ

    γάρ (Hom.+) conj. used to express cause, clarification, or inference. Never comes first in its clause; usu. second, but also third (Hb 11:32), or even fourth (2 Cor 1:19, as e.g. Menand., Epitr. 883 S. [=563 Kö.]; Lucian, Pisc. 10, Philops. 15; s. B-D-F §452; 475, 2; Denniston 56–114; Schwyzer II 560).
    ① marker of cause or reason, for
    ⓐ abs. Mk 1:22; 9:49; Lk 1:15; 21:4; J 2:25; Ac 2:25; Ro 1:9; 1 Cor 11:5 and oft.—It should be noted that γάρ w. a verb (and nothing else) can form a sentence (Demosth. 21, 28 δίδωσι γάρ.; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 32 κινεῖ γάρ.; Menand., Sam. 666 S. [=321 Kö.] δεῖ γάρ.; Alexis Com. 286 Kock παύσει γάρ.; Axionicus Com. [IV B.C.] 6, 6 K.: Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 273 D.; Maximus Tyr. 10, 8g δύναται γάρ.; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 3, 3; Synes., Ep. 4 p. 163d ἠνεχυρίαστο γάρ.=for it had been seized as security; Aristaen., Ep. 2, 7; Anna Comn., Alexias 5, 1 vol. I p. 156, 8 R. προπέποτο γάρ.; et al.—Ps.-Demetrius, Form. Ep. p. 12, 2 as conclusion of a letter ὀφείλω γάρ.; Vi. Aesopi G 67 P. as the ending of a story: οὐκ ἔχεις γάρ.=you don’t have any [understanding, common sense]; Polyaenus 3 the introduction ends with the words: πρόδηλον γάρ.—See also CKraeling, JBL 44, 1925, 357f; RRottley, JTS 27, 1926, 407–9; RLightfoot, Locality and Doctrine in the Gosp. ’38, 10ff; CMoule, NTS 2, ’55/56, 58f) ἐφοβοῦντο γάρ. Mk 16:8 (s. φοβέω 1a). Conclusions of this kind at the end of Mk are also found in other lit. (Horapollo 2, 80 οὗτος γάρ; Plotin. V 5, 13, 36f κρείττον γὰρ τὸ ποιοῦν τοῦ ποιούμενου• τελειότερον γάρ. [Pvan der Horst, JTS n.s. 23, ’72, 121–24]).
    ⓑ used w. other particles and conjunctions ἰδοὺ γάρ (Jdth 5:23; 9:7; 12:12; 1 Macc 9:45) Lk 1:44, 48; 2:10; 6:23; 17:21; Ac 9:11; 2 Cor 7:11 al.; s. ἰδού 1c. καὶ γάρ (B-D-F §452, 3; B-D-R §452, 3) for (=Lat. etenim, Kühner-G. II 338; s. Chariton 3, 3, 16; 2 Macc 1:19; 4 Macc 1:2; 5:8) Mk 10:45; Lk 22:37; J 4:23; Ac 19:40; 1 Cor 5:7; Hb 5:12; 12:29; Hs 9, 8, 2; for also, for even (B-D-F §452, 3; ZNW 19, 1920, 175f) Mt 8:9; Lk 6:32f; 7:8; 11:4; J 4:45; Ro 11:1; 15:3; 16:2; 2 Cor 2:10. S. FGrosheide, καὶ γάρ in het NT: TSt 33, 1915, 108–10. γὰρ καί for also, for precisely 2 Cor 2:9 (ParJer 7:6 εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἀπεστάλην). τε γάρ for indeed (X., Mem. 1, 1, 3) Ro 1:26; 7:7; Hb 2:11 (s. τέ 2b). μὲν γάρ (3 Macc 2:15f) often followed by δέ, ἀλλά Ac 13:36; 23:8; 28:22; 2 Cor 9:1; 11:4; Hb 7:20; 12:10 (s. μέν 1aα, β); ὅτι μὲν γὰρ … ἀλλά Ac 4:16. καὶ γὰρ οὐ 1 Cor 11:9; οὐ γάρ Mt 10:20; Mk 4:22; 6:52; J 3:17; Ac 2:34; Ro 1:16; 2:11, 13, 28; 4:13; 1 Cor 1:17; 2 Cor 1:8; Gal 4:30 and oft. μὴ γάρ Js 1:7 (TestAbr A 2, 79, 9 [Stone p. 6]; GrBar 6:6). οὐδὲ γάρ Lk 20:36; J 5:22; 7:5; 8:42; Ro 8:7; Gal 1:12 (s. οὐδέ 2). οὔτε γὰρ … οὔτε (Wsd 12:13; Sir 30:19) for neither … nor 1 Th 2:5.
    ⓒ γάρ is somet. repeated. It occurs twice either to introduce several arguments for the same assertion, as (Sir 37:13f; 38:1f; Wsd 7:16f) J 8:42; 1 Cor 16:7; 2 Cor 11:19f; or to have one clause confirm the other, as (Jdth 5:23; 7:27; 1 Macc 11:10) Mt 10:19f; Lk 8:29; J 5:21f, 46; Ac 2:15; Ro 6:14; 8:2f; Hv 5:3; or to have various assertions of one and the same sentence confirmed one after the other Mt 3:2f; J 3:19f (cp. Wsd 1:5f; EpJer 6; 7). γάρ also occurs three times (Wsd 9:13–15; 14:27–29) Mt 16:25–27; Lk 9:24–26; Ro 4:13–15; 2 Cor 3:9–11; four times Mk 8:35–38; Ro 1:16–18; even five times 1 Cor 9:15–17.
    ⓓ the general is confirmed by the specific Mk 7:10; Lk 12:52; Ro 7:2; 1 Cor 12:8; —the specific by the general Mt 7:8; 13:12; 22:14; Mk 4:22, 25; Ro 2:2 v.l.
    ⓔ oft. the thought to be supported is not expressed, but must be supplied fr. the context: (He has truly been born) for we have seen his star Mt 2:2. (Let no one refuse) ὸ̔ς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ Mk 8:35; Lk 9:24. (Let no disciple fail to testify) ὸ̔ς γὰρ ἐὰν ἐπαισχυνθῇ με Mk 8:38. This is common; cp. Ac 13:36; 21:13; 22:26; Ro 8:18; 14:10; 1 Cor 1:18; 5:3; 9:9, 17; 14:9. Sim. w. other particles καὶ γάρ Mt 15:27; 2 Cor 5:2; 13:4; Phil 2:27; 1 Th 3:4; 4:10. καὶ γὰρ οὐ 2 Cor 3:10. μὲν γάρ Ro 2:25; 1 Cor 5:3; 11:7; 2 Cor 9:1; Hb 7:18. οὐ γάρ Mt 9:13; Mk 9:6; Lk 6:43f; Ac 4:20; Ro 8:15; 2 Cor 1:13 (also s. καί 2iα, and μέν 1aα).
    ⓕ oft. in questions, where the English idiom leaves the word untransl., adds then, pray, or prefixes what! or why! to the question (Hyperid., Fgm. 219; Ael. Aristid. 47, 27 K.=23 p. 452 D.; TestJob 23:8 τὶ γὰρ μοι ἡ θρίξ … ; Jos., Bell. 1, 589, Ant. 9, 92) ἱνατί γὰρ … κρίνεται for what reason … should be judged 1 Cor 10:29. ποῖον γὰρ κλέος; what credit is there? 1 Pt 2:20. μὴ γὰρ … ἔρχεται; what! Is the Messiah to hail fr. Galilee? J 7:41. μὴ γὰρ οἰκίας οὐκ ἔχετε; what! Have you no houses? 1 Cor 11:22. S. μή 3a.—ποία γὰρ ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν; what, pray, is your life? Js 4:14 v.l. πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίμην; how in the world can I? Ac 8:31.—Esp. τίς γάρ; τί γάρ; in direct questions: Mt 9:5; 16:26; 23:17, 19 al. τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν; why, what crime has he committed? 27:23; sim. Mk 15:14; Lk 23:22. τί γάρ; transitional, well, then Ro 3:3; what does it matter? Phil 1:18.
    ② marker of clarification, for, you see (Dionys. Hal., De Isocr. p. 542 Raderm.; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 10, 9 p. 373 κοῦφα γὰρ ὄντα; BGU 830, 20 ἐπεὶ γὰρ καὶ γείτων αὐτοῦ εἰμί=since I am also, as you see, his neighbor; Ps.-Demetr. 153 p. 35, 16 R.; Ps.-Callisth. 3, 2, 2 ἐγὼ γάρ=for I) Mt 12:40, 50; 23:3; 24:38; Mk 7:3; Lk 8:40; 9:14; J 3:16; 4:8f; Ro 7:2; Hb 2:8; 3:4; 2 Pt 2:8; AcPlCor 2, 4; 35.—Brief, explanatory parenthetical clauses (En 107:3 μυστηριακῶς γὰρ ἐδήλωσεν αὐτῷ; Diod S 13, 66, 6 ἦν γὰρ ὁ Κλέαρχος χαλεπός) Mt 4:18; Mk 1:16; 2:15; 5:42; 16:4; Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 16:5; Gal. 4:25 v.l. (cp. γὰρ δή 1 Cl 42:5). Akin to explanatory function is the use of γάρ as a narrative marker to express continuation or connection (in later Gk. writers, where more recent users of the texts, not finding the causal force they expect, would often prefer to see it replaced by δέ; unnecessarily, since the grammarian Trypho Alex. [I B.C.], Fgm. 54 ed. AvVelsen 1853 shows clearly that γάρ under certain circumstances εἷς οὖν ἐστὶν ἀντὶ τοῦ δέ=is one and the same thing as δέ). Indeed, in many instances γάρ appears to be used adverbially like our ‘now’ (in which the temporal sense gives way to signal an important point or transition), ‘well, then’, ‘you see’ (e.g. Diod S 20, 35, 1 ‘now’; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. §1; 120; 158; 197 [LDeubner, Bemerkungen z. Text der Vi. Pyth. des Jambl.’35, 30f]; Arrian, Ind. 33, 1 ἀλλὰ ἔπλωον γὰρ … =well, then, they sailed … ; schol. on Od. 4, 22 p. 174, 10 Dind.; ‘moreover’ SIG 1109, 28 [II A.D.]; ‘in the first place’ Jos., Bell. 7, 43, ‘now’ Ant. 1, 68): Ro 1:18; 2:25 (‘indeed’, ‘to be sure’ as Jos., Ant. 11, 8); 4:3, 9; 5:7 (‘but’); 12:3; 14:5; 1 Cor 10:1 (v.l. δέ); 2 Cor 1:12; 10:12; 11:5 (B δέ); Gal 1:11 (v.l. δέ); 5:13; 1 Ti 2:5. Cp. ἡμεῖς γὰρ J 9:28 v.l.—Confirming (Arrian, Ind. 22, 6 ἀλλὰ ἐκπεριπλῶσαι γὰρ … μέγα ἔργον ἐφαίνετο=but to sail seaward seemed indeed a dangerous undertaking; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 192 ἅπασαι μὲν γὰρ … =What has just been stated is apparent from the fact that all …). Especially in replies γάρ confirms what has been asked about (B-D-F §452, 2) yes, indeed; certainly 1 Th 2:20; 1 Cor 9:10.
    ③ marker of inference, certainly, by all means, so, then. In self-evident conclusions, esp. in exclamations, strong affirmations, etc. (Diogenes the Cynic in Diog. L. 6, 47 παῦσαι γάρ=stop, then) μὴ γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος not for a moment let such a person think Js 1:7; μὴ γάρ τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω by no means let any of you suffer 1 Pt 4:15; ἀναλογίσασθε γὰρ τὸν … ὑπομεμενηκότα yes indeed, consider him who endured Hb 12:3; οὐ γάρ no, indeed! Ac 16:37 (Aristoph., Nub. 232, Ran. 58; Pla., Rep. 492e; Lucian, Jupp. Conf. 16). In weakened sense it is somet. resumptive, esp. in long periodic sentences: ηὐδόκησαν γάρ they decided, then Ro 15:27. ἐλεύθερος γὰρ ὤν though I am free, then 1 Cor 9:19 (cp. vs. 1). Sim. 2 Cor 5:4. Many questions w. γάρ have both inferential and causal force.—S. τοιγαροῦν.—CBird, Some γάρ Clauses in St Mark’s Gospel: JTS n.s. 4, ’53, 171–87.—DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > γάρ

  • 13 ἀπό

    ἀπό (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. (see the lit. on ἀνά, beg., also for ἀπό: KDieterich, IndogF 24, 1909, 93–158; LfgrE s.v.). Basic sense ‘separation from’ someone or someth., fr. which the other uses have developed. In the NT it has encroached on the domain of Att. ἐκ, ὑπό, παρά, and the gen. of separation; s. Mlt. 102; 246; Mlt-Turner 258f.
    ① a marker to indicate separation from a place, whether person or thing, from, away from
    ⓐ w. all verbs denoting motion, esp. those compounded w. ἀπό: ἀπάγεσθαι, ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι, ἀπελαύνειν, ἀπέρχεσθαι, ἀπολύεσθαι, ἀποπλανᾶσθαι, ἀποστέλλειν, ἀποφεύγειν, ἀποχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρίζεσθαι; but also w. ἀνίστασθαι, διαστῆναι, διέρχεσθαι, ἐκδημεῖν, ἐκκινεῖν, ἐκπλεῖν, ἐκπορεύεσθαι, ἐξέρχεσθαι, ἐξωθεῖν, ἐπιδιδόναι, μεταβαίνειν, μετατίθεσθαι, νοσφίζειν, παραγίνεσθαι, πλανᾶσθαι, πορεύεσθαι, ὑπάγειν, ὑποστρέφειν, φεύγειν; s. the entries in question.
    ⓑ w. all verbs expressing the idea of separation ἐκβάλλειν τὸ κάρφος ἀ. τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ remove the splinter fr. the eye Mt 7:4 v.l. (for ἐκ). ἐξέβαλον ἀπὸ τῆς πήρας αὐτῶν δῶρα they set forth gifts out of their travel bags GJs 21:3. ἀπολύεσθαι ἀ. ἀνδρός be divorced fr. her husband Lk 16:18, cp. Ac 15:33. ἀποκυλίειν, ἀπολαμβάνεσθαι, ἀποστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι, ἐπανάγειν, αἴρειν, ἀφαιρεῖν, ἀπολέσθαι, μερίζειν et al., s. the pertinent entries. So also κενὸς ἀ. τινος Hs 9, 19, 2. ἔρημος ἀ. τινος (Jer 51:2) 2 Cl 2:3. W. verbs which express the concept of separation in the wider sense, like loose, free, acquit et al. ἀπορφανίζειν, ἀποσπᾶν, διεγείρεσθαι, δικαιοῦν, ἐκδικοῦν, ἐλευθεροῦν, λούειν, λύειν, λυτροῦν, ῥαντίζειν, σαλεύειν, στέλλειν, σῴζειν, φθείρειν, s. the entries; hence also ἀθῷος (Sus 46 Theod. v.l.) Mt 27:24. καθαρὸς ἀ. τινος (Tob 3:14; but s. Dssm. NB 24 [BS 196; 216]) Ac 20:26; cp. Kuhring 54.
    ⓒ verbs meaning be on guard, be ashamed, etc., take ἀπό to express the occasion or object of their caution, shame, or fear; so αἰσχύνεσθαι, βλέπειν, μετανοεῖν, προσέχειν, φοβεῖσθαι, φυλάσσειν, φυλάσσεσθαι; s. 5 below.
    ⓓ w. verbs of concealing, hiding, hindering, the pers. from whom someth. is concealed is found w. ἀπό; so κρύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, παρακαλύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, κωλύειν τι ἀπό τινος; s. the entries.
    ⓔ in pregnant constr. like ἀνάθεμα εἶναι ἀ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ be separated fr. Christ by a curse Ro 9:3. μετανοεῖν ἀ. τ. κακίας (Jer 8:6) Ac 8:22. ἀποθνῄσκειν ἀ. τινος through death become free from Col 2:20. φθείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. ἁπλότητος be ruinously diverted from wholehearted commitment 2 Cor 11:3. Cp. Hs 6, 2, 4.
    ⓕ as a substitute for the partitive gen. (Hdt. 6, 27, 2; Thu. 7, 87, 6; PPetr III, 11, 20; PIand 8, 6; Kuhring 20; Rossberg 22; Johannessohn, Präp. 17) τίνα ἀ. τῶν δύο; Mt 27:21, cp. Lk 9:38; 19:39 (like PTebt 299, 13; 1 Macc 1:13; 3:24; Sir 6:6; 46:8). τὰ ἀ. τοῦ πλοίου pieces of the ship Ac 27:44. ἐκχεῶ ἀ. τοῦ πνεύματός μου Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f). λαμβάνειν ἀ. τ. καρπῶν get a share of the vintage Mk 12:2 (cp. Just., A I, 65, 5 μεταλαβεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ … ἄρτου).—Of foods (as in Da 1:13, 4:33a; 2 Macc 7:1) ἐσθίειν ἀ. τ. ψιχίων eat some of the crumbs Mt 15:27; Mk 7:28. χορτάζεσθαι ἀ. τινος eat one’s fill of someth. Lk 16:21. αἴρειν ἀ. τῶν ἰχθύων pick up the remnants of the fish Mk 6:43. ἐνέγκατε ἀ. τ. ὀψαρίων bring some of the fish J 21:10 (the only instance of this usage in J; s. M-EBoismard, Le chapitre 21 de Saint Jean: RB 54 [’47] 492).—Of drink (cp. Sir 26:12) πίνειν ἀπὸ τ. γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου drink the product of the vine Lk 22:18.
    ② to indicate the point from which someth. begins, whether lit. or fig.
    ⓐ of place from, out from (Just., D. 86, 1 ἀπὸ τῆς πέτρας ὕδωρ ἀναβλύσαν ‘gushing out of the rock’) σημεῖον ἀ. τ. οὐρανοῦ a sign fr. heaven Mk 8:11. ἀ. πόλεως εἰς πόλιν from one city to another Mt 23:34. ἀπʼ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν (Dt 30:4; Ps 18:7) from one end of heaven to the other 24:31, cp. Mk 13:27. ἀπʼ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω from top to bottom Mt 27:51. ἀρξάμενοι ἀ. Ἰερουσαλήμ beginning in Jerusalem Lk 24:47 (s. also Lk 23:5; Ac 1:22; 10:37). ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τ. κυρίου the word of the Lord has gone out from you and sounded forth 1 Th 1:8. ἀπὸ βορρᾶ, ἀπὸ νότου in the north, in the south (PCairGoodsp 6, 5 [129 B.C.] ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ νότου πεδίῳ; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 11A col. 1, 12f [123 B.C.] τὸ ἀπὸ νότου τῆς πόλεως χῶμα; ln. 7 ἀπὸ βορρᾶ τῆς πόλεως; 70, 16 al.; Josh 18:5; 19:34; 1 Km 14:5) Rv 21:13.
    ⓑ of time from … (on), since (POxy 523, 4; Mel., HE 4, 26, 8; s. Kuhring 54ff).
    α. ἀ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου from the days of John Mt 11:12. ἀ. τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 9:22. ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τ. ἡμέρας (Jos., Bell. 4, 318, Ant. 7, 382) Mt 22:46; J 11:53. ἔτη ἑπτὰ ἀ. τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς for seven years fr. the time she was a virgin Lk 2:36. ἀ. ἐτῶν δώδεκα for 12 years 8:43. ἀ. τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός Ac 23:23. ἀ. κτίσεως κόσμου Ro 1:20. ἀ. πέρυσι since last year, a year ago 2 Cor 8:10; 9:2.—ἀπʼ αἰῶνος, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἀπʼ ἄρτι (also ἀπαρτί and ἄρτι), ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τότε, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν; s. the pertinent entries.
    β. w. the limits defined, forward and backward: ἀπὸ … ἕως (Jos., Ant. 6, 364) Mt 27:45. ἀπὸ … ἄχρι Phil 1:5. ἀπὸ … μέχρι Ac 10:30; Ro 5:14; 15:19.
    γ. ἀφʼ ἧς (sc. ὥρας or ἡμέρας, which is found Col 1:6, 9; but ἀφʼ ἧς became a fixed formula: ParJer 7:28; Plut., Pelop. [285] 15, 5; s. B-D-F §241, 2) since Lk 7:45 (Renehan ’75, 36f); Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 6, 6; 1 Macc 1:11). ἀφʼ οὗ (sc.—as in X., Cyr. 1, 2, 13—χρόνου; Att. ins in Meisterhans.3-Schw. and s. Witkowski, index 163; ἀφʼ οὗ is also a formula) since, when once (X., Symp. 4, 62; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 16 Jac.; Lucian, Dial. Mar. 15, 1; Ex 5:23 GrBar 3:6) Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18 (cp. Da 12:1; 1 Macc 9:29; 16:24; 2 Macc 1:7; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 23; GrBar; Jos., Ant. 4, 78). τρία ἔτη ἀφʼ οὗ (cp. Tob 5:35 S) Lk 13:7. ἀφότε s. ὅτε 1aγ end.
    ⓒ the beg. of a series from … (on).
    α. ἀρξάμενος ἀ. Μωϋσέως καὶ ἀ. πάντων τ. προφητῶν beginning w. Moses and all the prophets Lk 24:27. ἕβδομος ἀ. Ἀδάμ Jd 14 (Diod S 1, 50, 3 ὄγδοος ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός [ancestor]; Appian, Mithrid. 9 §29 τὸν ἕκτον ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου Μιθριδάτην; Arrian, Anab. 7, 12, 4; Diog. L. 3, 1: Plato in the line of descent was ἕκτος ἀπὸ Σόλωνος; Biogr. p. 31: Homer δέκατος ἀπὸ Μουσαίου). ἀ. διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω Mt 2:16 (cp. Num 1:20; 2 Esdr 3:8).
    β. w. both beg. and end given ἀπὸ … ἕως (Sir 18:26; 1 Macc 9:13) Mt 1:17; 23:35; Ac 8:10. Sim., ἀ. δόξης εἰς δόξαν fr. glory to glory 2 Cor 3:18.
    ③ to indicate origin or source, from
    ⓐ lit., with verbs of motion
    α. down from πίπτειν ἀ. τραπέζης Mt 15:27. καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀ. θρόνων God has dethroned rulers Lk 1:52.
    β. from ἔρχεσθαι ἀ. θεοῦ J 3:2; cp. 13:3; 16:30. παραγίνεται ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mt 3:13; ἀ. ἀνατολῶν ἥξουσιν 8:11 (Is 49:12; 59:19); ἀ. τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύετο 24:1; ἀ. Παμφυλίας Ac 15:38. ἐγείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. νεκρῶν be raised from the dead Mt 14:2.
    ⓑ lit., to indicate someone’s local origin from (Hom. et al.; Soph., El. 701; Hdt. 8, 114; ins [RevArch 4 sér. IV 1904 p. 9 ἀπὸ Θεσσαλονίκης]; pap [HBraunert, Binnenwanderung ’64, 384, s.v.; PFlor 14, 2; 15, 5; 17, 4; 22, 13 al.]; Judg 12:8; 13:2; 17:1 [all three acc. to B]; 2 Km 23:20 al.; Jos., Bell. 3, 422, Vi. 217; Just., A I, 1 τῶν ἀπὸ Φλαουί̈ας Νέας πόλεως; s. B-D-F §209, 3; Rob. 578) ἦν ἀ. Βηθσαϊδά he was from B. J 1:44; cp. 12:21. ὄχλοι ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας crowds fr. Galilee Mt 4:25. ἄνδρες ἀ. παντὸς ἔθνους Ac 2:5. ἀνὴρ ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου a man fr. the crowd Lk 9:38. ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἀ. Ναζαρέθ Mt 21:11. οἱ ἀ. Κιλικίας the Cilicians Ac 6:9. οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ἀ. Ἰόππης 10:23 (Musaeus 153 παρθένος ἀπʼ Ἀρκαδίας; Just., A I, 58, 1 Μακρίωνα … τὸν ἀπὸ Πόντου). οἱ ἀ. Θεσσαλονίκης Ἰουδαῖοι 17:13. οἱ ἀ. τῆς Ἰταλίας the Italians Hb 13:24, who could be inside as well as outside Italy (cp. Dssm., Her. 33, 1898, 344, LO 167, 1 [LAE 200, 3]; Mlt. 237; B-D-F §437).—Rather denoting close association οἱ ἀ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας members of the church Ac 12:1; likew. 15:5 (cp. Plut., Cato Min. 4, 2 οἱ ἀπὸ τ. στοᾶς φιλόσοφοι; Ps.-Demetr. c. 68 οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ=his [Isocrates’] pupils; Synes., Ep. 4 p. 162b; 66 p. 206c; PTebt 33, 3 [112 B.C.], Ῥωμαῖος τῶν ἀπὸ συγκλήτου; Ar. 15, 1 Χριστιανοὶ γενεαλογοῦνται ἀπὸ … Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ; Ath.).—To indicate origin in the sense of material fr. which someth. is made (Hdt. 7, 65; Theocr. 15, 117; IPriene 117, 72 ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ; 1 Esdr 8:56; Sir 43:20 v.l.) ἔνδυμα ἀ. τριχῶν καμήλου clothing made of camel’s hair Mt 3:4.
    ⓒ fig., w. verbs of asking, desiring, to denote the pers. of or from whom a thing is asked (Ar. 11, 3): δανίσασθαι ἀπό τινος borrow fr. someone Mt 5:42. ἐκζητεῖν ἀ. τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης Lk 11:51. ἀπαιτεῖν τι ἀπό τινος Lk 12:20. ζητεῖν τι ἀπό τινος 1 Th 2:6. λαμβάνειν τι ἀπό τινος Mt 17:25f; 3J 7.
    ⓓ fig., w. verbs of perceiving, to indicate source of the perception (Lysias, Andoc. 6; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 399b ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων θεωρεῖται ὁ θεός; Appian, Liby. 104 §493 ἀπὸ τῆς σφραγῖδος=[recognize a corpse] by the seal-ring; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 1 στοχάζεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων; Just., D. 60, 1 τοῦτο νοοῦμεν ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τῶν προλελεγμένων; 100, 2 ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν): ἀ. τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς by their fruits you will know them Mt 7:16, 20. μανθάνειν παραβολὴν ἀ. τῆς συκῆς learn a lesson from the fig tree 24:32; Mk 13:28. ἀπὸ τῶν σπερμάτων μὴ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν if we are not to derive our parable solely from reference to seeds (cp. 1 Cor 15:37) AcPlCor 2:28.—Also μανθάνειν τι ἀπό τινος learn someth. fr. someone Gal 3:2; Col 1:7.
    ⓔ γράψαι ἀφʼ ὧν ἠδυνήθην, lit., write from what I was able, i.e. as well as I could B 21:9 (cp. Tat. 12, 5 οὐκ ἀπὸ γλώττης οὐδὲ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰκότων οὐδὲ ἀπʼ ἐννοιῶν etc.).
    ④ to indicate distance fr. a point, away from, for μακρὰν ἀ. τινος far fr. someone, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν fr. a great distance s. μακράν, μακρόθεν. ἀπέχειν ἀπό τινος s. ἀπέχω 4. W. detailed measurements (corresp. to Lat. ‘a’, s. B-D-F §161, 1; Rob. 575; WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 15ff; Hdb. on J 11:18; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 12 §42; CB I/2, 390 no. 248) ἦν Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκατέντε Bethany was near Jerusalem, about 15 stades (less than 3 km.) away J 11:18. ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων about 200 cubits (c. 90 meters) 21:8. ἀπὸ σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων about 1600 stades (c. 320 km.) Rv 14:20; cp. Hv 4, 1, 5 (for other examples of this usage, s. Rydbeck 68).—Hebraistically ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός (Gen 16:6; Jer 4:26; Jdth 2:14; Sir 21:2; 1 Macc 5:34; En 103:4; Just., A I, 37, 1 ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ πατρὸς ἐλέχθησαν διὰ Ἠσαίου … οἵδε οἱ λόγοι ‘in the name of the father … through Isaiah’; 38, 1 al.)=מִפְּנֵי פ׳ ( away) from the presence of someone 2 Th 1:9 (Is 2:10, 19, 21); Rv 12:14 (B-D-F §140; 217, 1; Mlt-H. 466).
    ⑤ to indicate cause, means, or outcome
    ⓐ gener., to show the reason for someth. because of, as a result of, for (numerous ref. in FBleek on Hb 5:7; PFay 111, 4; POxy 3314, 7 [from falling off a horse]; Jdth 2:20; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010]; AscIs 3:13; Jos., Ant. 9, 56) οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου he could not because of the crowd Lk 19:3; cp. Mk 2:4 D. οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτός I could not see because of the brilliance of the light Ac 22:11. ἀ. τοῦ πλήθους τ. ἰχθύων J 21:6 (M-EBoismard, ad loc.: s. 1f end). ἀ. τοῦ ὕδατος for the water Hs 8, 2, 8. ἀ. τῆς θλίψεως because of the persecution Ac 11:19. οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀ. τ. σκανδάλων Mt 18:7 (s. B-D-F §176, 1; Mlt. 246). εἰσακουσθεὶς ἀ. τῆς εὐλαβείας heard because of his piety Hb 5:7 (but the text may be corrupt; at any rate it is obscure and variously interpr.; besides the comm. s. KRomaniuk, Die Gottesfürchtigen im NT: Aegyptus 44, ’64, 84; B-D-F §211; Rob. 580; s. on εὐλάβεια).
    ⓑ to indicate means with the help of, with (Hdt. et al.; Ael. Aristid. 37, 23 K.=2 p. 25 D.; PGM 4, 2128f σφράγιζε ἀπὸ ῥύπου=seal with dirt; En 97:8) γεμίσαι τὴν κοιλίαν ἀ. τ. κερατίων fill one’s stomach w. the husks Lk 15:16 v.l. (s. ἐκ 4aζ; cp. Pr 18:20). οἱ πλουτήσαντες ἀπʼ αὐτῆς Rv 18:15 (cp. Sir 11:18).
    ⓒ to indicate motive or reason for, from, with (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §52 ἀπʼ εὐνοίας=with goodwill; 1 Macc 6:10; pap exx. in Kuhring 35) κοιμᾶσθαι ἀ. τῆς λύπης sleep from sorrow Lk 22:45. ἀ. τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ Mt 13:44; cp. Lk 24:41; Ac 12:14. ἀ. τοῦ φόβου κράζειν Mt 14:26, ἀ. φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας with fear and expectation Lk 21:26. Hence verbs of fearing, etc., take ἀ. to show the cause of the fear (s. above 1c) μὴ φοβεῖσθαι ἀ. τ. ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα not be afraid of those who kill only the body Mt 10:28; Lk 12:4 (cp. Jdth 5:23; 1 Macc 2:62; 3:22; 8:12; En 106:4).
    ⓓ to indicate the originator of the action denoted by the verb from (Trag., Hdt. et al.) ἀ. σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν Mt 12:38. γινώσκειν ἀπό τινος learn fr. someone Mk 15:45. ἀκούειν ἀ. τοῦ στόματός τινος hear fr. someone’s mouth, i.e. fr. him personally Lk 22:71 (Dionys. Hal. 3, 8 ἀ. στόματος ἤκουσεν); cp. Ac 9:13; 1J 1:5. τὴν ἀ. σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν a promise given by you Ac 23:21 (cp. Ath. 2, 3 ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν κατηγόρων αἰτίαις ‘the charges made by the accusers’). ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν Hb 11:12. Prob. παραλαμβάνειν ἀ. τοῦ κυρίου 1 Cor 11:23 is to be understood in the same way: Paul is convinced that he is taught by the Lord himself (for direct teaching s. EBröse, Die Präp. ἀπό 1 Cor 11:23: StKr 71, 1898, 351–60; Dssm.; BWeiss; Ltzm.; H-DWendland. But for indirect communication: Zahn et al.). παραλαβὼν ἀπὸ τῶν θυγατέρων Φιλίππου, ὅτι Papias (11:2); opp. παρειληφέναι ὑπὸ τῶν θ. Φ. (2:9).—Of the more remote cause ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων from human beings (as opposed to transcendent revelation; w. διʼ ἀνθρώπου; cp. Artem. 1, 73 p. 66, 11 ἀπὸ γυναικῶν ἢ διὰ γυναικῶν; 2, 36 p. 135, 26) Gal 1:1. ἀ. κυρίου πνεύματος fr. the Lord, who is the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18. ἔχειν τι ἀπό τινος have (received) someth. fr. someone 1 Cor 6:19; 1 Ti 3:7; 1J 2:20; 4:21.—In salutation formulas εἰρήνη ἀ. θεοῦ πατρός ἡμῶν peace that comes from God, our father Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; cp. 6:23; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1 v.l.; 2 Th 1:2; 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; Phlm 3. σοφία ἀ. θεοῦ wisdom that comes fr. God 1 Cor 1:30. ἔπαινος ἀ. θεοῦ praise fr. God 4:5. καὶ τοῦτο ἀ. θεοῦ and that brought about by God Phil 1:28. The expr. εἰρήνη ἀπὸ ‘ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος’ Rv 1:4 is quite extraordinary. It may be an interpretation of the name Yahweh already current, or an attempt to show reverence for the divine name by preserving it unchanged, or simply one more of the grammatical peculiarities so frequent in Rv (Meyer6-Bousset 1906, 159ff; Mlt. 9, note 1; cp. PParis 51, 33 ἀπὸ ἀπηλιότης; Mussies 93f, 328).
    ⓔ to indicate responsible agents for someth., from, of
    α. the self, st. Gk. usage (Thu. 5, 60, 1; X., Mem. 2, 10, 3; Andoc., Orat. 2, 4 οὗτοι οὐκ ἀφʼ αὑτῶν ταῦτα πράττουσιν; Diod S 17, 56; Num 16:28; 4 Macc 11:3; En 98:4; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38]; 18 p. 101, 6 [Stone p. 50]; Just., A I, 43, 8) the expr. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (pl. ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν) of himself and ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ of myself are common Lk 12:57; 21:30; 2 Cor 3:5, esp. so in J: 5:19, 30; 8:28; 10:18; 15:4.—7:17f; 11:51; 14:10; 16:13; 18:34. So also ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλήλυθα I did not come of myself (opp. the Father sent me) 7:28; 8:42.
    β. fr. others. W. verbs in the pass. voice or pass. mng. ὑπό is somet. replaced by ἀπό (in isolated cases in older Gk. e.g. Thu. 1, 17 et al. [Kühner-G. II/1 p. 457f]; freq. in later Gk.: Polyb. 1, 79, 14; Hero I 152, 6; 388, 11; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 130 Jac.; IG XII/5, 29, 1; SIG 820, 9; PLond III, 1173, 12 p. 208; BGU 1185, 26; PFlor 150, 6 ἀ. τῶν μυῶν κατεσθιόμενα; PGM 4, 256; Kuhring 36f; 1 Macc 15:17; Sir 16:4; ParJer 1:1 ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν … ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 62; Just., A I, 68, 6 ἐπιστολὴν … γραφεῖσάν μοι ἀπὸ Σερήνου, D. 121, 3 ἀπὸ παντὸς [γένους] μετάνοιαν πεποιῆσθαι. See B-D-F §210; Rob. 820; GHatzidakis, Einl. in d. neugriech. Gramm. 1892, 211; AJannaris, An Histor. Gk. Grammar 1897, §1507). Yet just at this point the textual tradition varies considerably, and the choice of prep. is prob. at times influenced by the wish to express special nuances of mng. Lk 8:29b v.l. (ὑπό text); 43b (ὑπό v.l.); 10:22 D; ἀποδεδειγμένος ἀ. τ. θεοῦ attested by God Ac 2:22. ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρναβᾶς ἀ. (ὑπό v.l.) τ. ἀποστόλων named B. by the apostles 4:36. κατενεχθεὶς ἀ. τοῦ ὕπνου overcome by sleep 20:9. ἀθετούμενος ἀπὸ τῶν παραχαρασσόντων τὰ λόγια αὐτοῦ inasmuch as (Jesus) is being rejected by those who falsify his words AcPlCor 2:3. νεκροῦ βληθέντος ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπʼ αὐτά when a corpse was cast upon them (the bones of Elisha) 2:32. In such cases ἀπό freq. denotes the one who indirectly originates an action, and can be transl. at the hands of, by command of: πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀ. τ. πρεσβυτέρων suffer much at the hands of the elders Mt 16:21; cp. Lk 9:22; 17:25, where the emphasis is to be placed on παθεῖν, not on ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι. In ἀ. θεοῦ πειράζομαι the thought is that the temptation is caused by God, though not actually carried out by God Js 1:13. ἡτοιμασμένος ἀ. τοῦ θεοῦ prepared by God’s command, not by God in person Rv 12:6.
    ⑥ In a few expr. ἀπό helps to take the place of an adverb. ἀπὸ μέρους, s. μέρος 1c.—ἡμέρᾳ ἀφʼ ἡμέρας day by day GJs 12:3.—ἀπὸ μιᾶς (acc. to Wlh., Einl.2 26, an Aramaism, min ḥădā˒=at once [s. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 113]; but this does not explain the fem. gender, found also in the formulaic ἐπὶ μιᾶς Maxim. Tyr. 6, 3f En 99:9 [s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 3] and in Mod. Gk. μὲ μιᾶς at once [Thumb §162 note 2]. PSI 286, 22 uses ἀπὸ μιᾶς of a payment made ‘at once’; on the phrase s. New Docs 2, 189. Orig. γνώμης might have been a part of the expr. [Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 73], or ὁρμῆς [Thu. 7, 71, 6], or γλώσσης [Cass. Dio 44, 36, 2], or φωνῆς [Herodian 1, 4, 8]; cp. ἀπὸ μιᾶς φωνῆς Plut., Mor. 502d of an echo; s. B-D-F §241, 6) unanimously, alike, in concert Lk 14:18. Sim. ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν fr. (your) hearts, sincerely Mt 18:35.—Himerius, Or. 39 [=Or. 5], 6 has as a formula διὰ μιᾶς, probably = continuously, uninterruptedly, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 2 fuller διὰ μιᾶς τῆς σπουδῆς=with one and the same, or with quite similar zeal.—M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀπό

  • 14 effero

    1.
    ef-fĕro or ecfĕro (cf. Neue, Formenl. 2, 766), extŭli, ēlatum, efferre or ecferre, v. a., to bring or carry out, to bring forth (very freq. and class.).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    ex navi,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 82; cf.

    tela, etc., ex aedibus Cethegi,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 3 fin.:

    argentum jubeo jam intus efferri foras,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 62; cf. id. ib. 4, 9, 127; id. Most. 2, 1, 58; id. Mil. 4, 8, 4:

    argentum ad aliquem,

    id. Epid. 5, 1, 27; id. Truc. 3, 1, 16:

    machaeram huc,

    id. Mil. 2, 5, 53; cf. id. Stich. 2, 2, 28:

    puerum extra aedes usquam,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:

    cistellam domo,

    id. Eun. 4, 6, 15; cf.:

    cibaria sibi quemque domo,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 5, 3:

    frumentum ab Ilerda,

    id. B. C. 1, 78, 1:

    piscem de custodia,

    Col. 8, 17 fin.:

    litteras,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 45, 4:

    mucronem,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 2; cf.:

    vexilla, signa, arma (e castris, extra fines, etc.),

    Liv. 10, 19; 27, 2; 29, 21; Tac. H. 3, 31 al.:

    ferrum a latere deripuit, elatumque deferebat in pectus,

    id. A. 1, 35 fin.: Colchis pedem, Enn. ap. Non. 297, 20; so,

    pedem,

    Verg. A. 2, 657; cf.

    pedem aedibus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 19:

    pedem portā,

    Cic. Att. 6, 8, 5; 7, 2, 6; Suet. Tib. 38:

    pedem quoquam,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 97:

    se hinc (ignis),

    Lucr. 6, 89 and 385:

    se vallo (equus),

    Tac. A. 15, 7:

    Furium longius extulit cursus,

    Liv. 3, 5; cf.:

    Messium impetus per hostes extulit,

    id. 4, 29.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Like the Gr. ekpherô, to carry out (of the house) for burial, to bear to the grave, to bury (cf.: cremo, humo, sepelio, prosequor): optumum'st Loces illum efferendum;

    nam jam credo mortuus est,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 6, 32; id. Most. 4, 3, 8 sqq.; Ter. And. 1, 1, 90 Don. and Ruhnk.; 1, 1, 101; Cic. N. D. 3, 32, 80; Nep. Att. 17; Liv. 2, 33; 3, 18 fin.; Quint. 8, 5, 21; Suet. Aug. 99; Hor. S. 2, 5, 85; Vulg. Luc. 7, 12.—
    b.
    Transf.: meo unius funere elata populi Romani esset res publica, carried to burial, i. e. overthrown, destroyed, Liv. 28, 28; 24, 22; 31, 29.—
    2.
    Of a fruit-bearing soil, to bring forth, bear, produce:

    id, quod agri efferant,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 4 fin.; id. Brut. 4, 16; cf. also id. Verr. 2, 3, 47 fin.; 86 al.—
    b.
    Transf.:

    ea, quae efferant aliquid ex sese, perfectiores habere naturas quam, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 33 fin.; cf. Quint. 10, 1, 109; poet.:

    (Italia) genus acre virum,

    Verg. G. 2, 169.—
    3.
    Of motion in an upward direction (cf.: erigo and educo, II. B. 1.), to lift up, elevate, raise, exalt, Lucil. ap. Non. 297, 25:

    aliquem in murum,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 47 fin.:

    pars operis in altitudinem turris elata,

    id. B. C. 2, 8 fin.; cf. Quint. 11, 3, 103; and Suet. Calig. 32:

    corvus e conspectu elatus,

    Liv. 7, 26:

    pulvis elatus,

    id. 4, 33:

    elata super capita scuta,

    Tac. H. 3, 27: jubar (luna), Petron. Poët. 89, 2, 54; poet.:

    caput Auctumnus agris extulit,

    Hor. Epod. 2, 18.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To set forth, spread abroad, utter, publish, proclaim:

    clamorem,

    to raise, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 73:

    quod neque in vulgum disciplinam efferri velint, neque, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 14, 4; cf. Plin. 2, 12, 9:

    vocem ejus in vulgus,

    Tac. A. 12, 21:

    tuum peccatum foras,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 7, 65 Ruhnk.:

    hoc foras,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 3; so,

    clandestina consilia,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 1, 6:

    rem,

    id. ib. 7, 2, 2:

    has meas ineptias,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 111:

    divinitus dicta,

    id. ib. 3, 1 fin. et saep.—With a rel. clause:

    posteaquam in volgus militum elatum est, qua arrogantia in colloquio Ariovistus usus, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46, 4.—
    2.
    In partic., of speech, to utter, pronounce, express, declare:

    verbum de verbo expressum extulit,

    Ter. Ad. prol. 11:

    ut verba inter se ra tione conjuncta sententiam efferant,

    Varr. L. L. 8, § 1 Müll.:

    si graves sententiae inconditis verbis efferuntur,

    Cic. Or. 44, 150; cf. Quint. 9, 4, 13:

    quae incisim aut membratim efferuntur, ea, etc.,

    Cic. Or. 67; cf. Quint. 9, 4, 33; 8, 3, 40; 10, 2, 17: pleraque utroque modo efferuntur, luxuriatur, luxuriat, etc., id. 9, 3, 7; cf. id. 1, 5, 16; 64; 2, 14, 2.—
    B.
    In the pass., qs. to be carried out of one's self by passions, feelings, etc.; to be carried away, transported, hurried away: usque adeo studio atque odio illius efferor ira, Lucil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 21 fin.; so,

    studio,

    Cic. de Sen. 23, 83; id. Att. 1, 8, 2; id. N. D. 1, 20 fin.; Caes. B. C. 1, 45, 2; cf.

    cupiditate,

    Cic. Div. 1, 24, 49:

    vi naturae atque ingenii,

    id. Mur. 31, 65:

    laetitia,

    id. Deiot. 9, 26 (cf. act.:

    comitia ista praeclara, quae me laetitia extulerunt,

    id. Fam. 2, 10):

    incredibili gaudio,

    id. Fam. 10, 12, 2; cf. id. Rep. 3, 30; Suet. Caes. 22:

    voluptate canendi ac saltandi,

    id. Calig. 54:

    popularitate,

    id. Ner. 53.—
    C.
    (Acc. to I. B. 3.) To raise, elevate, exalt:

    pretia alicujus rei,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 6 fin.:

    quorum animi altius se extulerunt,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 3:

    aliquem ad summum imperium per omnes honorum gradus,

    id. Cat. 1, 11, 28; cf.:

    aliquem supra leges,

    Tac. A. 2, 34; and:

    aliquem geminatis consulatibus,

    id. ib. 1, 3; cf. also id. ib. 4, 40:

    aliquem pecunia aut honore,

    Sall. J. 49, 4:

    patriam demersam extuli,

    Cic. Sull. 31, 87; cf. Nep. Dion. 6; Cic. Prov. Cons. 14, 34:

    aliquem maximis laudibus,

    id. Off. 2, 10, 36; cf. Caes. B. C. 3, 87:

    aliquem summis laudibus ad caelum,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 14; cf. Nep. Dion. 7 fin.:

    aliquid maximis laudibus,

    Cic. Lael. 7, 24:

    aliquem laudibus,

    Tac. A. 3, 72:

    aliquem verbis,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 14, 52:

    aliquid versibus,

    id. Rep. 1, 14;

    and simply aliquid,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 56; Tac. A. 2, 63:

    aliquem in summum odium,

    id. H. 4, 42; cf.:

    rem in summam invidiam,

    Quint. 8, 4, 19.—
    2.
    In partic., with se, to raise, elevate one's self; to rise, advance (cf.:

    appareo, eluceo, exsisto): cum (virtus) se extulit et ostendit suum lumen,

    Cic. Lael. 27; cf.

    so with a figure borrowed from the heavenly bodies: qua in urbe (Athenis) primum se orator extulit,

    id. Brut. 7, 26:

    volo se efferat in adolescente fecunditas,

    id. de Or. 2, 21.—
    b.
    In a bad sense, with se, or in the [p. 629] pass., to lift up one's self, to carry one's self high; to be puffed up, haughty, proud on account of any thing (the figure being borrowed from a prancing horse; cf. Liv. 30, 20; and Quint. 10, 3, 10):

    nec cohibendo efferentem se fortunam, quanto altius elatus erat, eo foedius corruit (Atilius),

    Liv. 30, 30:

    quod aut cupias ardenter aut adeptus ecferas te insolenter,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39:

    qui enim victoria se ecferunt, quasi victos nos intuentur,

    id. Fam. 9, 2, 2; cf.:

    se altius et incivilius,

    Flor. 1, 26, 8:

    sese audacia, scelere atque superbia,

    Sall. J. 14, 11:

    hic me magnifice effero,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 31:

    (fortunati) efferuntur fere fastidio et contumacia,

    Cic. Lael. 15, 54:

    se efferre in potestate,

    to be insolent in office, id. de Or. 2, 84, 342.—Esp. freq. in the part. perf.:

    stulta ac barbara arrogantia elati,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 59, 3:

    recenti victoria,

    id. B. G. 5, 47, 4:

    spe celeris victoriae,

    id. ib. 7, 47, 3:

    gloria,

    id. B. C. 3, 79, 6:

    elatus et inflatus his rebus,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    secunda fortuna magnisque opibus,

    Nep. Alcib. 7, 3; id. Milt. 7, 2:

    elatus ad vanam fiduciam,

    Curt. 3, 19, 10;

    but also: ad justam fiduciam,

    Liv. 27, 8, 7 et saep.—In the act. (rare, and with a fig. perh. borrowed from the wind): is demum vir erit, cujus animum nec prospera (fortuna) flatu suo efferet ( elates, inflates), nec adversa infringet, Liv. 45, 8 fin. —
    D.
    Ante-class. and very rare, to carry out to the end, to support, endure: laborem, Att. ap. Cic. Sest. 48; cf.: malum patiendo, to get rid of, do away with, Cic. Poët. Tusc. 4, 29, 63 (but not in Lucr. 1, 141, where the better reading is sufferre).—Hence, ēlā-tus, a, um, P. a. (acc. to I. B. 3. and II. C. 2.), exalted, lofty, high (rare; cf.: superbus, insolens, arrogans, etc.).
    A.
    Lit.:

    modo in elatiora modo in depressiora clivi,

    Col. 2, 4, 10:

    elatissimae lucernae,

    Tert. Apol. 53.—
    B.
    Trop.:

    animus magnus elatusque,

    Cic. Off. 1, 18, 61; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 96:

    verba,

    high-sounding, id. Or. 36, 124;

    hoc casu elatior Julianus,

    Amm. 21, 4, 7; Vulg. Rom. 1, 30:

    insula opibus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 2. — Adv.: ēlāte, loftily, proudly:

    elate et ample loqui, opp. humiliter demisseque sentire,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 9:

    dicere (opp. summisse),

    id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10.— Comp.:

    se gerere,

    Nep. Paus. 2, 3:

    elatius et arrogantius praefatur,

    Gell. 9, 15, 4.
    2.
    ef-fĕro, āvi, ātum, 1, v. a. [ex-ferus], to make wild, savage, fierce (class.; most freq. since the Aug. per.).
    I.
    Physically:

    terram immanitate beluarum efferari,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:

    speciem oris,

    Liv. 2, 23; cf.

    vultum,

    Suet. Calig. 50:

    efferantia sese ulcera,

    becoming aggravated, malignant, Plin. 26, 14, 87, § 146.— Poet.:

    Mars efferat aurum,

    i. e. works up into weapons, Stat. Achill. 1, 425; cf.:

    homo qui magnae artis subtilitate tantum efferavit argentum,

    i. e. wrought into the figures of beasts, App. M. 5, p. 159, 14.—
    II.
    Mentally:

    gentes sic immanitate efferatae,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 23; cf. id. Tusc. 4, 14, 32:

    militem dux ipse efferavit,

    Liv. 23, 5; cf. id. 2, 29:

    animos,

    id. 1, 19; 25, 26:

    ingenia,

    Curt. 8, 2; 9, 19:

    efferavit ea caedes Thebanos omnes ad exsecrabile odium Romanorum,

    exasperated, Liv. 33, 29; cf. Vulg. Dan. 8, 7.—Hence, effĕrātus, a, um, P. a., wild, savage, fierce:

    sunt enim multa ecferata et immania, quaedam autem humanitatis quoque habent primam speciem,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 14, 32:

    vultus,

    Petr. 82, 1:

    animi,

    Vulg. 2 Macc. 5, 11.— Comp.:

    mores ritusque,

    Liv. 34, 24.— Sup.:

    effectus,

    Sen. Ep. 121, 4:

    canes in homines,

    Jul. Val. Rer. Gest. Alex. M. 3, 18.— Adv.: effĕrāte, fiercely:

    saevire,

    Lact. 5, 20, 10.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > effero

  • 15 compraehendo

    com-prĕhendo ( conp-; also com-prendo, very freq. in MSS. and edd.; cf. Quint. 1, 5, 21. In MSS. also comprae-hendo and compraendo, v. prehendo), di, sum, 3, v. a., to lay hold of something on all sides; to take or catch hold of, seize, grasp, apprehend; to comprehend, comprise (class. in prose and poetry).
    I.
    Prop.
    A.
    In gen.:

    quid (opus est) manibus, si nihil comprehendendum est?

    Cic. N. D. 1, 33, 92:

    (vulva) non multo major quam ut manu comprehendatur,

    Cels. 4, 1 fin.:

    cum (forfex) dentem comprehendere non possit,

    id. 7, 12, 1:

    mordicus manum eorum (elephantorum),

    Plin. 9, 15, 17, § 46:

    morsu guttura,

    Luc. 4, 727:

    nuces modio,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 3:

    naves,

    to join one to another, fasten together, Liv. 30, 10, 5; cf.:

    oras vulneris suturae comprehendunt,

    Cels. 7, 4, 3:

    comprehendunt utrumque et orant,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 31:

    ter frustra comprensa manus effugit imago,

    Verg. A. 2, 794; cf.

    aures,

    Tib. 2, 5, 92:

    nisi quae validissima (ovis), non comprehendatur (sc. stabulis) hieme,

    let none but the strongest be kept in the winter, Col. 7, 3, 15 Schneid.:

    naves in flumine Vulturno comprehensae,

    assembled together, put under an embargo, Liv. 26, 7, 9; so id. 29, 24, 9; Suet. Tib. 38; id. Calig. 39:

    ignem,

    to take, catch, Caes. B. G. 5, 43;

    and in a reverse constr.: ignis robora comprendit,

    Verg. G. 2, 305; cf.:

    opera flammā comprehensa,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 43; and:

    avidis comprenditur ignibus agger,

    Ov. M. 9, 234:

    loca vallo,

    Front. 2, 11, 7; and absol.:

    comprehensa aedificia,

    Liv. 26, 27, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To attack, seize upon in a hostile manner, to seize, lay hold of, arrest, catch, apprehend:

    aliquem pro moecho Comprehendere et constringere,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 23; 5, 1, 20:

    tam capitalem hostem,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    hominem,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4, § 14:

    nefarios duces,

    id. Cat. 3, 7, 16:

    Virginium,

    Liv. 3, 48, 6; cf. id. 1, 41, 1:

    praesidium Punicum,

    id. 26, 14, 7:

    hunc comprehenderant atque in vincula conjecerant,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 27; 5, 25:

    in fugā,

    id. ib. 5, 21.—Rarely of disease:

    comprehensus morbo,

    Just. 23, 2, 4; cf.:

    comprehensi pestiferā lue,

    id. 32, 3, 9.—Of places, to occupy, seize upon:

    aliis comprehensis collibus munitiones perfecerunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 46 fin. —
    * b.
    Of things, to intercept' -epistulas, Just. 20, 5, 12.—
    2.
    To seize upon one, to apprehend him in any crime:

    fures,

    Cat. 62, 35.—With inf.: qui interesse concentibus interdictis fuerint comprehensi, Cod. Th. 16, 4, 5.—Hence,
    b.
    Transf. to the crime:

    nefandum adulterium,

    to discover, detect it, Cic. Mil. 27, 72:

    res ejus indicio,

    id. Clu. 16, 47.—
    3.
    Of plants, to take root; of a graft:

    cum comprehendit (surculus),

    Varr. R. R. 1, 40 fin.; so,

    in gen.,

    Col. 3, 5, 1; 5, 6, 18; Pall. Jan. 13, 5.—
    4.
    Of women, to conceive, become pregnant, = concipere:

    si mulier non comprehendit, etc.,

    Cels. 5, 21 fin. —
    5.
    Of a space, to contain, comprise, comprehend, include:

    ut nuces integras, quas uno modio comprehendere possis,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 3:

    circuitus ejus triginta et duo stadia comprehendit,

    Curt. 6, 6, 24. —
    6.
    In late medic. lang., of medicines, to combine:

    aliquid melle,

    Veg. Art. Vet. 6, 27, 1; Scrib. Comp. 88; 227 al.—
    7.
    Of the range of a missile:

    quantum impulsa valet comprehendere lancea nodo,

    Sil. 4, 102.—
    8.
    Of the reach of a surgical instrument:

    si vitium in angusto est, quod comprehendere modiolus possit,

    Cels. 8, 3 init. —
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To comprehend by the sense of sight, to perceive, observe, see (very rare):

    aliquid visu,

    Sil. 3, 408;

    and without visu: comprehendere vix litterarum apices,

    Gell. 13, 30, 10.—
    B.
    To comprehend something intellectually, to receive into one's mind, to grasp, perceive, comprehend; with abl.: si quam opinionem jam mentibus vestris comprehendistis: si eam ratio convellet, si oratio labefactabit, etc., if any opinion has already taken root in your mind (the figure taken from the rooting of plants; v. supra, I. B. 3.), Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    omnes animo virtutes,

    id. Balb. 1, 3; id. N. D. 3, 25, 64:

    animo haec tenemus comprehensa, non sensibus,

    id. Ac. 2, 7, 21 sq.:

    omnia animis et cogitatione,

    id. Fl. 27, 66; cf. id. de Or. 2, 31, 136:

    aliquid mente,

    id. N. D. 3, 8, 21:

    aliquid memoriā,

    id. Tusc. 5, 41, 121:

    qualis animus sit vacans corpore, intellegere et cogitatione comprehendere,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 50:

    aliquid certis signis,

    Col. 6, 24, 3:

    aliquid experimentis assiduis,

    Pall. 2, 13, 8.—Without abl.:

    esse aliquid, quod conprehendi et percipi posset,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 6, 17; 2, 6, 18:

    virtutum cognitio confirmat percipi et conprehendi multa posse,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 23; 1, 11, 42.—
    C.
    To comprehend or include in words; to comprise in discourse or in writing, to express, describe, recount, narrate, etc.:

    breviter paucis comprendere multa,

    Lucr. 6, 1082; cf.:

    breviter comprehensa sententia,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 7, 20; Quint. 9, 3, 91:

    comprehendam brevi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 34:

    perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia conclusa et comprehensa sint,

    id. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:

    (Cato) verbis luculentioribus et pluribus rem eandem comprehenderat,

    id. Att. 12, 21, 1:

    ipsa natura circumscriptione quādam verborum comprehendit concluditque sententiam,

    id. Brut. 8, 34:

    in eā (terrā) enim et lapis et harena et cetera ejus generis sunt in nominando comprehensa,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 9, 1:

    emplastra quoque, quae supra comprehensa sunt,

    Cels. 5, 27, 3; so absol.:

    ad veterum rerum nostrarum memoriam comprehendendam impulsi sumus,

    Cic. Brut. 5, 19:

    aliquid dictis,

    Ov. M. 13, 160:

    quae si comprendere coner,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 27. —
    2.
    Poet.: aliquid numero, to number, enumerate:

    neque enim numero comprendere refert,

    Verg. G. 2, 104; Ov. A. A. 2, 447; cf.:

    numerum quorum comprendere non est,

    id. Tr. 5, 11, 19.—
    D.
    To comprehend any one in affection, to bind to one's self, to put under obligation, to embrace with kindness (rare;

    mostly in Cic.): multos amicitiā, tueri obsequio, etc.,

    to have many friends, Cic. Cael. 6, 13:

    adulescentem humanitate tuā,

    id. Fam. 13, 15, 3:

    quod omnibus officiis per se, per patrem, per majores suos totam Atinatem praefecturam comprehenderit,

    id. Planc. 19. 47.—
    E.
    To shut in, include (late Lat.):

    spiritum in effigiem,

    Lact. 4, 8, 9:

    elementorum figurae humanā specie comprehensae,

    id. 2, 6, 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > compraehendo

  • 16 compraendo

    com-prĕhendo ( conp-; also com-prendo, very freq. in MSS. and edd.; cf. Quint. 1, 5, 21. In MSS. also comprae-hendo and compraendo, v. prehendo), di, sum, 3, v. a., to lay hold of something on all sides; to take or catch hold of, seize, grasp, apprehend; to comprehend, comprise (class. in prose and poetry).
    I.
    Prop.
    A.
    In gen.:

    quid (opus est) manibus, si nihil comprehendendum est?

    Cic. N. D. 1, 33, 92:

    (vulva) non multo major quam ut manu comprehendatur,

    Cels. 4, 1 fin.:

    cum (forfex) dentem comprehendere non possit,

    id. 7, 12, 1:

    mordicus manum eorum (elephantorum),

    Plin. 9, 15, 17, § 46:

    morsu guttura,

    Luc. 4, 727:

    nuces modio,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 3:

    naves,

    to join one to another, fasten together, Liv. 30, 10, 5; cf.:

    oras vulneris suturae comprehendunt,

    Cels. 7, 4, 3:

    comprehendunt utrumque et orant,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 31:

    ter frustra comprensa manus effugit imago,

    Verg. A. 2, 794; cf.

    aures,

    Tib. 2, 5, 92:

    nisi quae validissima (ovis), non comprehendatur (sc. stabulis) hieme,

    let none but the strongest be kept in the winter, Col. 7, 3, 15 Schneid.:

    naves in flumine Vulturno comprehensae,

    assembled together, put under an embargo, Liv. 26, 7, 9; so id. 29, 24, 9; Suet. Tib. 38; id. Calig. 39:

    ignem,

    to take, catch, Caes. B. G. 5, 43;

    and in a reverse constr.: ignis robora comprendit,

    Verg. G. 2, 305; cf.:

    opera flammā comprehensa,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 43; and:

    avidis comprenditur ignibus agger,

    Ov. M. 9, 234:

    loca vallo,

    Front. 2, 11, 7; and absol.:

    comprehensa aedificia,

    Liv. 26, 27, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To attack, seize upon in a hostile manner, to seize, lay hold of, arrest, catch, apprehend:

    aliquem pro moecho Comprehendere et constringere,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 23; 5, 1, 20:

    tam capitalem hostem,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    hominem,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4, § 14:

    nefarios duces,

    id. Cat. 3, 7, 16:

    Virginium,

    Liv. 3, 48, 6; cf. id. 1, 41, 1:

    praesidium Punicum,

    id. 26, 14, 7:

    hunc comprehenderant atque in vincula conjecerant,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 27; 5, 25:

    in fugā,

    id. ib. 5, 21.—Rarely of disease:

    comprehensus morbo,

    Just. 23, 2, 4; cf.:

    comprehensi pestiferā lue,

    id. 32, 3, 9.—Of places, to occupy, seize upon:

    aliis comprehensis collibus munitiones perfecerunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 46 fin. —
    * b.
    Of things, to intercept' -epistulas, Just. 20, 5, 12.—
    2.
    To seize upon one, to apprehend him in any crime:

    fures,

    Cat. 62, 35.—With inf.: qui interesse concentibus interdictis fuerint comprehensi, Cod. Th. 16, 4, 5.—Hence,
    b.
    Transf. to the crime:

    nefandum adulterium,

    to discover, detect it, Cic. Mil. 27, 72:

    res ejus indicio,

    id. Clu. 16, 47.—
    3.
    Of plants, to take root; of a graft:

    cum comprehendit (surculus),

    Varr. R. R. 1, 40 fin.; so,

    in gen.,

    Col. 3, 5, 1; 5, 6, 18; Pall. Jan. 13, 5.—
    4.
    Of women, to conceive, become pregnant, = concipere:

    si mulier non comprehendit, etc.,

    Cels. 5, 21 fin. —
    5.
    Of a space, to contain, comprise, comprehend, include:

    ut nuces integras, quas uno modio comprehendere possis,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 3:

    circuitus ejus triginta et duo stadia comprehendit,

    Curt. 6, 6, 24. —
    6.
    In late medic. lang., of medicines, to combine:

    aliquid melle,

    Veg. Art. Vet. 6, 27, 1; Scrib. Comp. 88; 227 al.—
    7.
    Of the range of a missile:

    quantum impulsa valet comprehendere lancea nodo,

    Sil. 4, 102.—
    8.
    Of the reach of a surgical instrument:

    si vitium in angusto est, quod comprehendere modiolus possit,

    Cels. 8, 3 init. —
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To comprehend by the sense of sight, to perceive, observe, see (very rare):

    aliquid visu,

    Sil. 3, 408;

    and without visu: comprehendere vix litterarum apices,

    Gell. 13, 30, 10.—
    B.
    To comprehend something intellectually, to receive into one's mind, to grasp, perceive, comprehend; with abl.: si quam opinionem jam mentibus vestris comprehendistis: si eam ratio convellet, si oratio labefactabit, etc., if any opinion has already taken root in your mind (the figure taken from the rooting of plants; v. supra, I. B. 3.), Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    omnes animo virtutes,

    id. Balb. 1, 3; id. N. D. 3, 25, 64:

    animo haec tenemus comprehensa, non sensibus,

    id. Ac. 2, 7, 21 sq.:

    omnia animis et cogitatione,

    id. Fl. 27, 66; cf. id. de Or. 2, 31, 136:

    aliquid mente,

    id. N. D. 3, 8, 21:

    aliquid memoriā,

    id. Tusc. 5, 41, 121:

    qualis animus sit vacans corpore, intellegere et cogitatione comprehendere,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 50:

    aliquid certis signis,

    Col. 6, 24, 3:

    aliquid experimentis assiduis,

    Pall. 2, 13, 8.—Without abl.:

    esse aliquid, quod conprehendi et percipi posset,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 6, 17; 2, 6, 18:

    virtutum cognitio confirmat percipi et conprehendi multa posse,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 23; 1, 11, 42.—
    C.
    To comprehend or include in words; to comprise in discourse or in writing, to express, describe, recount, narrate, etc.:

    breviter paucis comprendere multa,

    Lucr. 6, 1082; cf.:

    breviter comprehensa sententia,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 7, 20; Quint. 9, 3, 91:

    comprehendam brevi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 34:

    perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia conclusa et comprehensa sint,

    id. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:

    (Cato) verbis luculentioribus et pluribus rem eandem comprehenderat,

    id. Att. 12, 21, 1:

    ipsa natura circumscriptione quādam verborum comprehendit concluditque sententiam,

    id. Brut. 8, 34:

    in eā (terrā) enim et lapis et harena et cetera ejus generis sunt in nominando comprehensa,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 9, 1:

    emplastra quoque, quae supra comprehensa sunt,

    Cels. 5, 27, 3; so absol.:

    ad veterum rerum nostrarum memoriam comprehendendam impulsi sumus,

    Cic. Brut. 5, 19:

    aliquid dictis,

    Ov. M. 13, 160:

    quae si comprendere coner,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 27. —
    2.
    Poet.: aliquid numero, to number, enumerate:

    neque enim numero comprendere refert,

    Verg. G. 2, 104; Ov. A. A. 2, 447; cf.:

    numerum quorum comprendere non est,

    id. Tr. 5, 11, 19.—
    D.
    To comprehend any one in affection, to bind to one's self, to put under obligation, to embrace with kindness (rare;

    mostly in Cic.): multos amicitiā, tueri obsequio, etc.,

    to have many friends, Cic. Cael. 6, 13:

    adulescentem humanitate tuā,

    id. Fam. 13, 15, 3:

    quod omnibus officiis per se, per patrem, per majores suos totam Atinatem praefecturam comprehenderit,

    id. Planc. 19. 47.—
    E.
    To shut in, include (late Lat.):

    spiritum in effigiem,

    Lact. 4, 8, 9:

    elementorum figurae humanā specie comprehensae,

    id. 2, 6, 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > compraendo

  • 17 comprehendo

    com-prĕhendo ( conp-; also com-prendo, very freq. in MSS. and edd.; cf. Quint. 1, 5, 21. In MSS. also comprae-hendo and compraendo, v. prehendo), di, sum, 3, v. a., to lay hold of something on all sides; to take or catch hold of, seize, grasp, apprehend; to comprehend, comprise (class. in prose and poetry).
    I.
    Prop.
    A.
    In gen.:

    quid (opus est) manibus, si nihil comprehendendum est?

    Cic. N. D. 1, 33, 92:

    (vulva) non multo major quam ut manu comprehendatur,

    Cels. 4, 1 fin.:

    cum (forfex) dentem comprehendere non possit,

    id. 7, 12, 1:

    mordicus manum eorum (elephantorum),

    Plin. 9, 15, 17, § 46:

    morsu guttura,

    Luc. 4, 727:

    nuces modio,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 3:

    naves,

    to join one to another, fasten together, Liv. 30, 10, 5; cf.:

    oras vulneris suturae comprehendunt,

    Cels. 7, 4, 3:

    comprehendunt utrumque et orant,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 31:

    ter frustra comprensa manus effugit imago,

    Verg. A. 2, 794; cf.

    aures,

    Tib. 2, 5, 92:

    nisi quae validissima (ovis), non comprehendatur (sc. stabulis) hieme,

    let none but the strongest be kept in the winter, Col. 7, 3, 15 Schneid.:

    naves in flumine Vulturno comprehensae,

    assembled together, put under an embargo, Liv. 26, 7, 9; so id. 29, 24, 9; Suet. Tib. 38; id. Calig. 39:

    ignem,

    to take, catch, Caes. B. G. 5, 43;

    and in a reverse constr.: ignis robora comprendit,

    Verg. G. 2, 305; cf.:

    opera flammā comprehensa,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 43; and:

    avidis comprenditur ignibus agger,

    Ov. M. 9, 234:

    loca vallo,

    Front. 2, 11, 7; and absol.:

    comprehensa aedificia,

    Liv. 26, 27, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To attack, seize upon in a hostile manner, to seize, lay hold of, arrest, catch, apprehend:

    aliquem pro moecho Comprehendere et constringere,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 23; 5, 1, 20:

    tam capitalem hostem,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    hominem,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4, § 14:

    nefarios duces,

    id. Cat. 3, 7, 16:

    Virginium,

    Liv. 3, 48, 6; cf. id. 1, 41, 1:

    praesidium Punicum,

    id. 26, 14, 7:

    hunc comprehenderant atque in vincula conjecerant,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 27; 5, 25:

    in fugā,

    id. ib. 5, 21.—Rarely of disease:

    comprehensus morbo,

    Just. 23, 2, 4; cf.:

    comprehensi pestiferā lue,

    id. 32, 3, 9.—Of places, to occupy, seize upon:

    aliis comprehensis collibus munitiones perfecerunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 46 fin. —
    * b.
    Of things, to intercept' -epistulas, Just. 20, 5, 12.—
    2.
    To seize upon one, to apprehend him in any crime:

    fures,

    Cat. 62, 35.—With inf.: qui interesse concentibus interdictis fuerint comprehensi, Cod. Th. 16, 4, 5.—Hence,
    b.
    Transf. to the crime:

    nefandum adulterium,

    to discover, detect it, Cic. Mil. 27, 72:

    res ejus indicio,

    id. Clu. 16, 47.—
    3.
    Of plants, to take root; of a graft:

    cum comprehendit (surculus),

    Varr. R. R. 1, 40 fin.; so,

    in gen.,

    Col. 3, 5, 1; 5, 6, 18; Pall. Jan. 13, 5.—
    4.
    Of women, to conceive, become pregnant, = concipere:

    si mulier non comprehendit, etc.,

    Cels. 5, 21 fin. —
    5.
    Of a space, to contain, comprise, comprehend, include:

    ut nuces integras, quas uno modio comprehendere possis,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 3:

    circuitus ejus triginta et duo stadia comprehendit,

    Curt. 6, 6, 24. —
    6.
    In late medic. lang., of medicines, to combine:

    aliquid melle,

    Veg. Art. Vet. 6, 27, 1; Scrib. Comp. 88; 227 al.—
    7.
    Of the range of a missile:

    quantum impulsa valet comprehendere lancea nodo,

    Sil. 4, 102.—
    8.
    Of the reach of a surgical instrument:

    si vitium in angusto est, quod comprehendere modiolus possit,

    Cels. 8, 3 init. —
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To comprehend by the sense of sight, to perceive, observe, see (very rare):

    aliquid visu,

    Sil. 3, 408;

    and without visu: comprehendere vix litterarum apices,

    Gell. 13, 30, 10.—
    B.
    To comprehend something intellectually, to receive into one's mind, to grasp, perceive, comprehend; with abl.: si quam opinionem jam mentibus vestris comprehendistis: si eam ratio convellet, si oratio labefactabit, etc., if any opinion has already taken root in your mind (the figure taken from the rooting of plants; v. supra, I. B. 3.), Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    omnes animo virtutes,

    id. Balb. 1, 3; id. N. D. 3, 25, 64:

    animo haec tenemus comprehensa, non sensibus,

    id. Ac. 2, 7, 21 sq.:

    omnia animis et cogitatione,

    id. Fl. 27, 66; cf. id. de Or. 2, 31, 136:

    aliquid mente,

    id. N. D. 3, 8, 21:

    aliquid memoriā,

    id. Tusc. 5, 41, 121:

    qualis animus sit vacans corpore, intellegere et cogitatione comprehendere,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 50:

    aliquid certis signis,

    Col. 6, 24, 3:

    aliquid experimentis assiduis,

    Pall. 2, 13, 8.—Without abl.:

    esse aliquid, quod conprehendi et percipi posset,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 6, 17; 2, 6, 18:

    virtutum cognitio confirmat percipi et conprehendi multa posse,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 23; 1, 11, 42.—
    C.
    To comprehend or include in words; to comprise in discourse or in writing, to express, describe, recount, narrate, etc.:

    breviter paucis comprendere multa,

    Lucr. 6, 1082; cf.:

    breviter comprehensa sententia,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 7, 20; Quint. 9, 3, 91:

    comprehendam brevi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 34:

    perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia conclusa et comprehensa sint,

    id. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:

    (Cato) verbis luculentioribus et pluribus rem eandem comprehenderat,

    id. Att. 12, 21, 1:

    ipsa natura circumscriptione quādam verborum comprehendit concluditque sententiam,

    id. Brut. 8, 34:

    in eā (terrā) enim et lapis et harena et cetera ejus generis sunt in nominando comprehensa,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 9, 1:

    emplastra quoque, quae supra comprehensa sunt,

    Cels. 5, 27, 3; so absol.:

    ad veterum rerum nostrarum memoriam comprehendendam impulsi sumus,

    Cic. Brut. 5, 19:

    aliquid dictis,

    Ov. M. 13, 160:

    quae si comprendere coner,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 27. —
    2.
    Poet.: aliquid numero, to number, enumerate:

    neque enim numero comprendere refert,

    Verg. G. 2, 104; Ov. A. A. 2, 447; cf.:

    numerum quorum comprendere non est,

    id. Tr. 5, 11, 19.—
    D.
    To comprehend any one in affection, to bind to one's self, to put under obligation, to embrace with kindness (rare;

    mostly in Cic.): multos amicitiā, tueri obsequio, etc.,

    to have many friends, Cic. Cael. 6, 13:

    adulescentem humanitate tuā,

    id. Fam. 13, 15, 3:

    quod omnibus officiis per se, per patrem, per majores suos totam Atinatem praefecturam comprehenderit,

    id. Planc. 19. 47.—
    E.
    To shut in, include (late Lat.):

    spiritum in effigiem,

    Lact. 4, 8, 9:

    elementorum figurae humanā specie comprehensae,

    id. 2, 6, 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > comprehendo

  • 18 conprehendo

    com-prĕhendo ( conp-; also com-prendo, very freq. in MSS. and edd.; cf. Quint. 1, 5, 21. In MSS. also comprae-hendo and compraendo, v. prehendo), di, sum, 3, v. a., to lay hold of something on all sides; to take or catch hold of, seize, grasp, apprehend; to comprehend, comprise (class. in prose and poetry).
    I.
    Prop.
    A.
    In gen.:

    quid (opus est) manibus, si nihil comprehendendum est?

    Cic. N. D. 1, 33, 92:

    (vulva) non multo major quam ut manu comprehendatur,

    Cels. 4, 1 fin.:

    cum (forfex) dentem comprehendere non possit,

    id. 7, 12, 1:

    mordicus manum eorum (elephantorum),

    Plin. 9, 15, 17, § 46:

    morsu guttura,

    Luc. 4, 727:

    nuces modio,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 3:

    naves,

    to join one to another, fasten together, Liv. 30, 10, 5; cf.:

    oras vulneris suturae comprehendunt,

    Cels. 7, 4, 3:

    comprehendunt utrumque et orant,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 31:

    ter frustra comprensa manus effugit imago,

    Verg. A. 2, 794; cf.

    aures,

    Tib. 2, 5, 92:

    nisi quae validissima (ovis), non comprehendatur (sc. stabulis) hieme,

    let none but the strongest be kept in the winter, Col. 7, 3, 15 Schneid.:

    naves in flumine Vulturno comprehensae,

    assembled together, put under an embargo, Liv. 26, 7, 9; so id. 29, 24, 9; Suet. Tib. 38; id. Calig. 39:

    ignem,

    to take, catch, Caes. B. G. 5, 43;

    and in a reverse constr.: ignis robora comprendit,

    Verg. G. 2, 305; cf.:

    opera flammā comprehensa,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 43; and:

    avidis comprenditur ignibus agger,

    Ov. M. 9, 234:

    loca vallo,

    Front. 2, 11, 7; and absol.:

    comprehensa aedificia,

    Liv. 26, 27, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To attack, seize upon in a hostile manner, to seize, lay hold of, arrest, catch, apprehend:

    aliquem pro moecho Comprehendere et constringere,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 23; 5, 1, 20:

    tam capitalem hostem,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    hominem,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4, § 14:

    nefarios duces,

    id. Cat. 3, 7, 16:

    Virginium,

    Liv. 3, 48, 6; cf. id. 1, 41, 1:

    praesidium Punicum,

    id. 26, 14, 7:

    hunc comprehenderant atque in vincula conjecerant,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 27; 5, 25:

    in fugā,

    id. ib. 5, 21.—Rarely of disease:

    comprehensus morbo,

    Just. 23, 2, 4; cf.:

    comprehensi pestiferā lue,

    id. 32, 3, 9.—Of places, to occupy, seize upon:

    aliis comprehensis collibus munitiones perfecerunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 46 fin. —
    * b.
    Of things, to intercept' -epistulas, Just. 20, 5, 12.—
    2.
    To seize upon one, to apprehend him in any crime:

    fures,

    Cat. 62, 35.—With inf.: qui interesse concentibus interdictis fuerint comprehensi, Cod. Th. 16, 4, 5.—Hence,
    b.
    Transf. to the crime:

    nefandum adulterium,

    to discover, detect it, Cic. Mil. 27, 72:

    res ejus indicio,

    id. Clu. 16, 47.—
    3.
    Of plants, to take root; of a graft:

    cum comprehendit (surculus),

    Varr. R. R. 1, 40 fin.; so,

    in gen.,

    Col. 3, 5, 1; 5, 6, 18; Pall. Jan. 13, 5.—
    4.
    Of women, to conceive, become pregnant, = concipere:

    si mulier non comprehendit, etc.,

    Cels. 5, 21 fin. —
    5.
    Of a space, to contain, comprise, comprehend, include:

    ut nuces integras, quas uno modio comprehendere possis,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 3:

    circuitus ejus triginta et duo stadia comprehendit,

    Curt. 6, 6, 24. —
    6.
    In late medic. lang., of medicines, to combine:

    aliquid melle,

    Veg. Art. Vet. 6, 27, 1; Scrib. Comp. 88; 227 al.—
    7.
    Of the range of a missile:

    quantum impulsa valet comprehendere lancea nodo,

    Sil. 4, 102.—
    8.
    Of the reach of a surgical instrument:

    si vitium in angusto est, quod comprehendere modiolus possit,

    Cels. 8, 3 init. —
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To comprehend by the sense of sight, to perceive, observe, see (very rare):

    aliquid visu,

    Sil. 3, 408;

    and without visu: comprehendere vix litterarum apices,

    Gell. 13, 30, 10.—
    B.
    To comprehend something intellectually, to receive into one's mind, to grasp, perceive, comprehend; with abl.: si quam opinionem jam mentibus vestris comprehendistis: si eam ratio convellet, si oratio labefactabit, etc., if any opinion has already taken root in your mind (the figure taken from the rooting of plants; v. supra, I. B. 3.), Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    omnes animo virtutes,

    id. Balb. 1, 3; id. N. D. 3, 25, 64:

    animo haec tenemus comprehensa, non sensibus,

    id. Ac. 2, 7, 21 sq.:

    omnia animis et cogitatione,

    id. Fl. 27, 66; cf. id. de Or. 2, 31, 136:

    aliquid mente,

    id. N. D. 3, 8, 21:

    aliquid memoriā,

    id. Tusc. 5, 41, 121:

    qualis animus sit vacans corpore, intellegere et cogitatione comprehendere,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 50:

    aliquid certis signis,

    Col. 6, 24, 3:

    aliquid experimentis assiduis,

    Pall. 2, 13, 8.—Without abl.:

    esse aliquid, quod conprehendi et percipi posset,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 6, 17; 2, 6, 18:

    virtutum cognitio confirmat percipi et conprehendi multa posse,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 23; 1, 11, 42.—
    C.
    To comprehend or include in words; to comprise in discourse or in writing, to express, describe, recount, narrate, etc.:

    breviter paucis comprendere multa,

    Lucr. 6, 1082; cf.:

    breviter comprehensa sententia,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 7, 20; Quint. 9, 3, 91:

    comprehendam brevi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 34:

    perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia conclusa et comprehensa sint,

    id. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:

    (Cato) verbis luculentioribus et pluribus rem eandem comprehenderat,

    id. Att. 12, 21, 1:

    ipsa natura circumscriptione quādam verborum comprehendit concluditque sententiam,

    id. Brut. 8, 34:

    in eā (terrā) enim et lapis et harena et cetera ejus generis sunt in nominando comprehensa,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 9, 1:

    emplastra quoque, quae supra comprehensa sunt,

    Cels. 5, 27, 3; so absol.:

    ad veterum rerum nostrarum memoriam comprehendendam impulsi sumus,

    Cic. Brut. 5, 19:

    aliquid dictis,

    Ov. M. 13, 160:

    quae si comprendere coner,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 27. —
    2.
    Poet.: aliquid numero, to number, enumerate:

    neque enim numero comprendere refert,

    Verg. G. 2, 104; Ov. A. A. 2, 447; cf.:

    numerum quorum comprendere non est,

    id. Tr. 5, 11, 19.—
    D.
    To comprehend any one in affection, to bind to one's self, to put under obligation, to embrace with kindness (rare;

    mostly in Cic.): multos amicitiā, tueri obsequio, etc.,

    to have many friends, Cic. Cael. 6, 13:

    adulescentem humanitate tuā,

    id. Fam. 13, 15, 3:

    quod omnibus officiis per se, per patrem, per majores suos totam Atinatem praefecturam comprehenderit,

    id. Planc. 19. 47.—
    E.
    To shut in, include (late Lat.):

    spiritum in effigiem,

    Lact. 4, 8, 9:

    elementorum figurae humanā specie comprehensae,

    id. 2, 6, 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > conprehendo

  • 19 dico

    1.
    dĭco, āvi, ātum, 1 (dixe for dixisse, Val. Ant. ap. Arn. 5, 1; DICASSIT dixerit, Paul. ex Fest. p. 75, 15; rather = dicaverit), v. a. [orig. the same word with 2. dīco; cf. the meaning of abdĭco and abdīco, of indĭco and indīco, dedĭco, no. II. A. al., Corss. Ausspr. 1, 380].
    I.
    To proclaim, make known. So perh. only in the foll. passage: pugnam, Lucil. ap. Non. 287, 30.—Far more freq.,
    II.
    Relig. t. t., to dedicate, consecrate, devote any thing to a deity or to a deified person (for syn. cf.: dedico, consecro, inauguro).
    A.
    Prop.: et me dicabo atque animam devotabo hostibus, Att. ap. Non. 98, 12:

    donum tibi (sc. Jovi) dicatum atque promissum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 72; cf.:

    ara condita atque dicata,

    Liv. 1, 7 (for which aram condidit dedicavitque, id. 28, 46 fin.); so,

    aram,

    id. 1, 7; 1, 20:

    capitolium, templum Jovis O. M.,

    id. 22, 38 fin.:

    templa,

    Ov. F. 1, 610:

    delubrum ex manubiis,

    Plin. 7, 26, 27, § 97:

    lychnuchum Apollini,

    id. 34, 3, 8, § 14:

    statuas Olympiae,

    id. 34, 4, 9, § 16:

    vehiculum,

    Tac. G. 40:

    carmen Veneri,

    Plin. 37, 10, 66, § 178; cf. Suet. Ner. 10 fin. et saep.:

    cygni Apollini dicati,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 73.—
    2.
    With a personal object, to consecrate, to deify (cf. dedico, no. II. A. b.):

    Janus geminus a Numa dicatus,

    Plin. 34, 7, 16, § 34:

    inter numina dicatus Augustus,

    Tac. A. 1, 59.—
    B.
    Transf., beyond the relig. sphere.
    1.
    To give up, set apart, appropriate a thing to any one: recita;

    aurium operam tibi dico,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 72; so,

    operam,

    id. Ps. 1, 5, 147; Ter. Ph. 1, 2, 12:

    hunc totum diem tibi,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 3, 7:

    tuum studium meae laudi,

    id. Fam. 2, 6, 4:

    genus (orationis) epidicticum gymnasiis et palaestrae,

    id. Or. 13, 42:

    librum Maecenati,

    Plin. 19, 10, 57, § 177; cf.:

    librum laudibus ptisanae,

    id. 18, 7, 15, § 75 al.:

    (Deïopeam) conubio jungam stabili propriamque dicabo,

    Verg. A. 1, 73; cf. the same verse, ib. 4, 126:

    se Crasso,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 11; cf.: se Remis in clientelam, * Caes. B. G. 6, 12, 7:

    se alii civitati,

    to become a free denizen of it, Cic. Balb. 11, 28;

    for which: se in aliam civitatem,

    id. ib. 12 fin. —
    * 2.
    (I. q. dedico, no. II. A.) To consecrate a thing by using it for the first time:

    nova signa novamque aquilam,

    Tac. H. 5, 16.— Hence, dĭcātus, a, um, P. a. (acc. to no. II.), devoted, consecrated, dedicated:

    loca Christo dedicatissima, August. Civ. Dei, 3, 31: CONSTANTINO AETERNO AVGVSTO ARRIVS DIOTIMVS... N. M. Q. (i. e. numini majestatique) EIVS DICATISSIMVS,

    Inscr. Orell. 1083.
    2.
    dīco, xi, ctum, 3 ( praes. DEICO, Inscr. Orell. 4848; imp. usu. dic; cf. duc, fac, fer, from duco, etc., DEICVNTO, and perf. DEIXSERINT, P. C. de Therm. ib. 3673; imp. dice, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 298, 29 Müll.; Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 109; id. Bac. 4, 4, 65; id. Merc. 1, 2, 47 al.; cf. Quint. 1, 6, 21; fut. dicem = dicam, Cato ap. Quint. 1, 7, 23; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 72, 6 Müll.—Another form of the future is dicebo, Novius ap. Non. 507 (Com. v. 8 Rib.). — Perf. sync.:

    dixti,

    Plaut. As. 4, 2, 14; id. Trin. 2, 4, 155; id. Mil. 2, 4, 12 et saep.; Ter. And. 3, 1, 1; 3, 2, 38; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 100 et saep.; Cic. Fin. 2, 3, 10; id. N. D. 3, 9, 23; id. Caecin. 29, 82; acc. to Quint. 9, 3, 22.— Perf. subj.:

    dixis,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 46; Caecil. ap. Gell. 7, 17 fin.:

    dixem = dixissem,

    Plaut. Pseud. 1, 5, 84; inf. dixe = dix isse, Plaut. Fragm. ap. Non. 105, 23; Varr. ib. 451, 16; Arn. init.; Aus. Sept. Sap. de Cleob. 8; inf. praes. pass. dicier, Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 32; Vatin. in Cic. Fam. 5, 9 al.), v. a. [root DIC = DEIK in deiknumi; lit., to show; cf. dikê, and Lat. dicis, ju-dex, dicio], to say, tell, mention, relate, affirm, declare, state; to mean, intend (for syn. cf.: for, loquor, verba facio, dicto, dictito, oro, inquam, aio, fabulor, concionor, pronuntio, praedico, recito, declamo, affirmo, assevero, contendo; also, nomino, voco, alloquor, designo, nuncupo; also, decerno, jubeo, statuo, etc.; cf. also, nego.—The person addressed is usually put in dat., v. the foll.: dicere ad aliquem, in eccl. Lat., stands for the Gr. eipein pros tina, Vulg. Luc. 2, 34 al.; cf. infra I. B. 2. g).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    Amphitruonis socium nae me esse volui dicere,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 228:

    advenisse familiarem dicito,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 197:

    haec uti sunt facta ero dicam,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 304; cf. ib. 2, 1, 23:

    signi dic quid est?

    id. ib. 1, 1, 265:

    si dixero mendacium,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 43; cf.

    opp. vera dico,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 238 al.:

    quo facto aut dicto adest opus,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 15; cf.:

    dictu opus est,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 68:

    nihil est dictu facilius,

    id. Phorm. 2, 1, 70:

    turpe dictu,

    id. Ad. 2, 4, 11:

    indignis si male dicitur, bene dictum id esse dico,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 27:

    ille, quem dixi,

    whom I have mentioned, named, Cic. de Or. 3, 12, 45 et saep.: vel dicam = vel potius, or rather:

    stuporem hominis vel dicam pecudis attendite,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 12, 30; cf.:

    mihi placebat Pomponius maxime vel dicam minime displicebat,

    id. Brut. 57, 207; so id. ib. 70, 246; id. Fam. 4, 7, 3 al.—
    b.
    Dicitur, dicebatur, dictum est, impers. with acc. and inf., it is said, related, maintained, etc.; or, they say, affirm, etc.: de hoc (sc. Diodoro) Verri dicitur, habere eum, etc., it is reported to Verres that, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 18:

    non sine causa dicitur, ad ea referri omnes nostras cogitationes,

    id. Fin. 3, 18, 60; so,

    dicitur,

    Nep. Paus. 5, 3; Quint. 5, 7, 33; 7, 2, 44; Ov. F. 4, 508:

    Titum multo apud patrem sermone orasse dicebatur, ne, etc.,

    Tac. H. 4, 52; so,

    dicebatur,

    id. A. 1, 10:

    in hac habitasse platea dictum'st Chrysidem,

    Ter. And. 4, 5, 1:

    dictum est,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1, 5; Liv. 38, 56; Quint. 6, 1, 27:

    ut pulsis hostibus dici posset, eos, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46, 3. Cf. also: hoc, illud dicitur, with acc. and inf., Cic. Fin. 5, 24, 72; id. de Or. 1, 33, 150; Quint. 4, 2, 91; 11, 3, 177 al. —Esp. in histt. in reference to what has been previously related:

    ut supra dictum est,

    Sall. J. 96, 1:

    sicut ante dictum est,

    Nep. Dion. 9, 5; cf. Curt. 3, 7, 7; 5, 1, 11; 8, 6, 2 et saep.—
    c.
    (See Zumpt, Gram. § 607.) Dicor, diceris, dicitur, with nom. and inf., it is said that I, thou, he, etc.; or, they say that I, thou, etc.:

    ut nos dicamur duo omnium dignissimi esse,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 47: cf. Quint. 4, 4, 6:

    dicar Princeps Aeolium carmen ad Italos Deduxisse modos,

    Hor. Od. 3, 30, 10 al.:

    illi socius esse diceris,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 72: aedes Demaenetus ubi [p. 571] dicitur habitare, id. As. 2, 3, 2:

    qui (Pisistratus) primus Homeri libros confusos antea sic disposuisse dicitur, ut nunc habemus,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 34, 137 et saep.:

    quot annos nata dicitur?

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 89:

    is nunc dicitur venturus peregre,

    id. Truc. 1, 1, 66 et saep. In a double construction, with nom. and inf., and acc. and inf. (acc. to no. b. and c.): petisse dicitur major Titius... idque ab eis facile (sc. eum) impetrasse, Auct. B. Afr. 28 fin.; so Suet. Oth. 7.—
    d.
    Dictum ac factum or dictum factum (Gr. hama epos hama ergon), in colloq. lang., no sooner said than done, without delay, Ter. And. 2, 3, 7:

    dictum ac factum reddidi,

    it was "said and done" with me, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 12; 5, 1, 31; cf.:

    dicto citius,

    Verg. A. 1, 142; Hor. S. 2, 2, 80; and:

    dicto prope citius,

    Liv. 23, 47, 6.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Pregn.
    a.
    To assert, affirm a thing as certain (opp. nego):

    quem esse negas, eundem esse dicis,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12; cf.:

    dicebant, ego negabam,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; and:

    quibus creditum non sit negantibus, iisdem credatur dicentibus?

    id. Rab. Post. 12, 35.—
    b.
    For dico with a negative, nego is used, q. v.; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 799;

    but: dicere nihil esse pulchrius, etc.,

    Liv. 30, 12, 6; 21, 9, 3 Fabri; so,

    freq. in Liv. when the negation precedes,

    id. 30, 22, 5; 23, 10, 13 al.; cf. Krebs, Antibar. p. 355.—
    2.
    dico is often inserted parenthetically, to give emphasis to an apposition:

    utinam C. Caesari, patri, dico adulescenti contigisset, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 18, 49; id. Tusc. 5, 36, 105; id. Planc. 12, 30; Quint. 9, 2, 83; cf. Cic. Or. 58, 197; id. Tusc. 4, 16, 36; Sen. Ep. 14, 6; id. Vit. Beat. 15, 6; Quint. 1, 6, 24:

    ille mihi praesidium dederat, cum dico mihi, senatui dico populoque Romano,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 20; Sen. Ep. 83, 12; Plin. Ep. 2, 20, 2; 3, 2, 2.—
    3.
    In rhetor. and jurid. lang., to pronounce, deliver, rehearse, speak any thing.
    (α).
    With acc.:

    oratio dicta de scripto,

    Cic. Planc. 30 fin.; cf.:

    sententiam de scripto,

    id. Att. 4, 3, 3:

    controversias,

    Quint. 3, 8, 51; 9, 2, 77:

    prooemium ac narrationem et argumenta,

    id. 2, 20, 10:

    exordia,

    id. 11, 3, 161:

    theses et communes locos,

    id. 2, 1, 9:

    materias,

    id. 2, 4, 41:

    versus,

    Cic. Or. 56, 189; Quint. 6, 3, 86:

    causam, of the defendant or his attorney,

    to make a defensive speech, to plead in defence, Cic. Rosc. Am. 5; id. Quint. 8; id. Sest. 8; Quint. 5, 11, 39; 7, 4, 3; 8, 2, 24 al.; cf.

    causas (said of the attorney),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 2, 5; 2, 8, 32 al.:

    jus,

    to pronounce judgment, id. Fl. 3; id. Fam. 13, 14; hence the praetor's formula: DO, DICO, ADDICO; v. do, etc.—
    (β).
    With ad and acc. pers., to plead before a person or tribunal:

    ad unum judicem,

    Cic. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:

    ad quos? ad me, si idoneus videor qui judicem, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 72; Liv. 3, 41.—
    (γ).
    With ad and acc. of thing, to speak in reference to, in reply to:

    non audeo ad ista dicere,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 32, 78; id. Rep. 1, 18, 30.—
    (δ).
    Absol.:

    nec idem loqui, quod dicere,

    Cic. Or. 32:

    est oratoris proprium, apte, distincte, ornate dicere,

    id. Off. 1, 1, 2; so,

    de aliqua re pro aliquo, contra aliquem, etc., innumerable times in Cic. and Quint.: dixi, the t. t. at the end of a speech,

    I have done, Cic. Verr. 1 fin. Ascon. and Zumpt, a. h. 1.;

    thus, dixerunt, the t. t. by which the praeco pronounced the speeches of the parties to be finished,

    Quint. 1, 5, 43; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 6, 4, 7.— Transf. beyond the judicial sphere:

    causam nullam or causam haud dico,

    I have no objection, Plaut. Mil. 5, 34; id. Capt. 3, 4, 92; Ter. Ph. 2, 1, 42.—
    4.
    To describe, relate, sing, celebrate in writing (mostly poet.):

    tibi dicere laudes,

    Tib. 1, 3, 31; so,

    laudes Phoebi et Dianae,

    Hor. C. S. 76:

    Dianam, Cynthium, Latonam,

    id. C. 1, 21, 1:

    Alciden puerosque Ledae,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 25:

    caelestes, pugilemve equumve,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 19:

    Pelidae stomachum,

    id. ib. 1, 6, 5:

    bella,

    id. Ep. 1, 16, 26; Liv. 7, 29:

    carmen,

    Hor. C. 1, 32, 3; id. C. S. 8; Tib. 2, 1, 54:

    modos,

    Hor. C. 3, 11, 7:

    silvestrium naturas,

    Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 138 et saep.:

    temporibus Augusti dicendis non defuere decora ingenia,

    Tac. A. 1, 1; id. H. 1, 1:

    vir neque silendus neque dicendus sine cura,

    Vell. 2, 13.—
    b.
    Of prophecies, to predict, foretell:

    bellicosis fata Quiritibus Hac lege dico, ne, etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 3, 58:

    sortes per carmina,

    id. A. P. 403:

    quicquid,

    id. S. 2, 5, 59:

    hoc (Delphi),

    Ov. Tr. 4, 8, 43 et saep.—
    5.
    To pronounce, articulate a letter, syllable, word: Demosthenem scribit Phalereus, cum Rho dicere nequiret, etc., Cic. Div. 2, 46, 96; id. de Or. 1, 61, 260; Quint. 1, 4, 8; 1, 7, 21 al.—
    6.
    To call, to name: habitum quendam vitalem corporis esse, harmoniam Graii quam dicunt, Lucr. 3, 106; cf.: Latine dicimus elocutionem, quam Graeci phrasin vocant, Quint. 8, 1, 1:

    Chaoniamque omnem Trojano a Chaone dixit,

    Verg. A. 3, 335:

    hic ames dici pater atque princeps,

    Hor. Od. 1, 2, 50:

    uxor quondam tua dicta,

    Verg. A. 2, 678 et saep. —Prov.:

    dici beatus ante obitum nemo debet,

    Ov. M. 3, 135.—
    7.
    To name, appoint one to an office:

    ut consules roget praetor vel dictatorem dicat,

    Cic. Att. 9, 15, 2: so,

    dictatorem,

    Liv. 5, 9; 7, 26; 8, 29:

    consulem,

    id. 10, 15; 24, 9; 26, 22 (thrice):

    magistrum equitum,

    id. 6, 39:

    aedilem,

    id. 9, 46:

    arbitrum bibendi,

    Hor. Od. 2, 7, 26 et saep.—
    8.
    To appoint, set apart. fix upon, settle:

    nam mea bona meis cognatis dicam, inter eos partiam,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113; cf. Pompon. ap. Non. 280, 19:

    dotis paululum vicino suo,

    Afran. ib. 26:

    pecuniam omnem suam doti,

    Cic. Fl. 35: quoniam inter nos nuptiae sunt dictae, Afran. ap. Non. 280, 24; cf.:

    diem nuptiis,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 75:

    diem operi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 57:

    diem juris,

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 16:

    diem exercitui ad conveniendum Pharas,

    Liv. 36, 8; cf. id. 42, 28, and v. dies:

    locum consiliis,

    id. 25, 16:

    leges pacis,

    id. 33, 12; cf.:

    leges victis,

    id. 34, 57:

    legem tibi,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 18; Ov. M. 6, 137; cf.:

    legem sibi,

    to give sentence upon one's self, id. ib. 13, 72:

    pretium muneri,

    Hor. C. 4, 8, 12 et saep.—With inf.: prius data est, quam tibi dari dicta, Pac. ap. Non. 280, 28. — Pass. impers.:

    eodem Numida inermis, ut dictum erat, accedit,

    Sall. J. 113, 6.—
    9.
    To utter, express, esp. in phrases:

    non dici potest, dici vix potest, etc.: non dici potest quam flagrem desiderio urbis,

    Cic. Att. 5, 11, 1; 5, 17, 5:

    dici vix potest quanta sit vis, etc.,

    id. Leg. 2, 15, 38; id. Verr. 2, 4, 57, § 127; id. Or. 17, 55; id. Red. ad Quir. 1, 4; cf. Quint. 2, 2, 8; 11, 3, 85.—
    10.
    (Mostly in colloq. lang.) Alicui, like our vulg. to tell one so and so, for to admonish, warn, threaten him:

    dicebam, pater, tibi, ne matri consuleres male,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 88; cf. Nep. Datam. 5; Ov. Am. 1, 14, 1.—Esp. freq.:

    tibi (ego) dico,

    I tell you, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 30; id. Bacch. 4, 9, 76; id. Men. 2, 3, 27; id. Mil. 2, 2, 62 et saep.; Ter. And. 1, 2, 33 Ruhnk.; id. ib. 4, 4, 23; id. Eun. 2, 3, 46; 87; Phaedr. 4, 19, 18; cf.:

    tibi dicimus,

    Ov. H. 20, 153; id. M. 9, 122; so, dixi, I have said it, i. e. you may depend upon it, it shall be done, Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 90; 92.—
    11.
    Dicere sacramentum or sacramento, to take an oath, to swear; v. sacramentum.
    II.
    Transf., i. q. intellego, Gr. phêmi, to mean so and so; it may sometimes be rendered in English by namely, to wit:

    nec quemquam vidi, qui magis ea, quae timenda esse negaret, timeret, mortem dico et deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 31, 86; id. de Or. 3, 44, 174: M. Sequar ut institui divinum illum virum, quem saepius fortasse laudo quam necesse est. At. Platonem videlicet dicis, id. Leg. 3, 1:

    uxoris dico, non tuam,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 30 et saep.—Hence, dictum, i, n., something said, i. e. a saying, a word.
    A.
    In gen.: haut doctis dictis certantes sed male dictis, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 274 Vahl.; acc. to Hertz.: nec maledictis); so,

    istaec dicta dicere,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 40:

    docta,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 99; id. Men. 2, 1, 24; Lucr. 5, 113; cf.

    condocta,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 3:

    meum,

    id. As. 2, 4, 1:

    ridiculum,

    id. Capt. 3, 1, 22:

    minimum,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9:

    ferocibus dictis rem nobilitare,

    Liv. 23, 47, 4 al.:

    ob admissum foede dictumve superbe,

    Lucr. 5, 1224; cf.

    facete,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 73; id. Poen. 3, 3, 24; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 57; Cic. Off. 1, 29, 104 al.:

    lepide,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 103:

    absurde,

    id. Capt. 1, 1, 3:

    vere,

    Nep. Alc. 8, 4:

    ambigue,

    Hor. A. P. 449 et saep.—Pleon.:

    feci ego istaec dicta quae vos dicitis (sc. me fecisse),

    Plaut. Casin. 5, 4, 17.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    A saying, maxim, proverb:

    aurea dicta,

    Lucr. 3, 12; cf.

    veridica,

    id. 6, 24: Catonis est dictum. Pedibus compensari pecuniam, Cic. Fl. 29 fin. Hence, the title of a work by Caesar: Dicta collectanea (his Apophthegmata, mentioned in Cic. Fam. 9, 16), Suet. Caes. 56.—Esp. freq.,
    2.
    For facete dictum, a witty saying, bon-mot, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 54 fin. (cf. Cic. ap. Macr. S. 2, 1 fin.); Cic. Phil. 2, 17; Quint. 6, 3, 2; 16; 36; Liv. 7, 33, 3; Hor. A. P. 273 et saep.; cf. also, dicterium.—
    3.
    Poetry, verse (abstr. and concr.): dicti studiosus, Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 18, 71:

    rerum naturam expandere dictis,

    Lucr. 1, 126; 5, 56:

    Ennius hirsuta cingat sua dicta corona,

    Prop. 4 (5), 1, 61.—
    4.
    A prediction, prophecy, Lucr. 1, 103; Verg. A. 2, 115; Val. Fl. 2, 326 al.; cf. dictio.—
    5.
    An order, command:

    dicto paruit consul,

    Liv. 9, 41; cf. Verg. A. 3, 189; Ov. M. 8, 815:

    haec dicta dedit,

    Liv. 3, 61; cf. id. 7, 33; 8, 34; 22, 25 al.: dicto audientem esse and dicto audire alicui, v. audio.—
    6.
    A promise, assurance:

    illi dixerant sese dedituros... Cares, tamen, non dicto capti, etc.,

    Nep. Milt. 2, 5; Fur. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 34.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > dico

  • 20 ὡς

    ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as
    ① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like
    ⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.
    ⓑ special uses
    α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.
    β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).
    γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).
    δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.
    ② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.
    ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.
    ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.
    ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.
    α. a substantive
    א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.
    ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.
    β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.
    ⓓ other noteworthy uses
    α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).
    β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).
    γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.
    ③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as
    ⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role
    α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.
    β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).
    γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.
    ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.
    ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).
    ④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.
    ⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.
    ⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.
    ⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.
    ⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).
    ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.
    ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.
    ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.
    α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.
    β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.
    ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).
    ⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to
    ⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).
    ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).
    ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • EXPRESS (data modeling language) — EXPRESS is a standard data modelling language for product data. EXPRESS is formalized in the ISO Standard for the Exchange of Product model STEP (ISO 10303), and standardized as ISO 10303 11. Overview Data models formally define data objects and… …   Wikipedia

  • Self-concept — Self construction redirects here. For other uses, see Self construction (disambiguation). Not to be confused with Self awareness, Self consciousness, Self image, or Self perception. Contents 1 Overview 2 A Brief History 3 Academic Self …   Wikipedia

  • Self-esteem — In psychology, self esteem reflects a person s overall evaluation or appraisal of her or his own worth.Self esteem encompasses beliefs (for example, I am competent/incompetent ) and emotions (for example, triumph/, pride/shame). Behavior may… …   Wikipedia

  • Self-regulation theory — SELF REGULATION is also an unconscious process that the body uses to grow and remain within operating parameters. If the norm is disturbed then the tendency is for corrective action to take place. For instance if you are too hot you perspire; if… …   Wikipedia

  • One Flew Over the Cuckoo's Nest (film) — One Flew Over the Cuckoo s Nest Theatrical release poster Directed by Miloš Forman …   Wikipedia

  • Self-determination — This article is about self determination in international law. For other uses, see Self determination (disambiguation). Self determination is the principle in international law that nations have the right to freely choose their sovereignty and… …   Wikipedia

  • One-China policy — The One China policy (simplified Chinese: 一个中国; traditional Chinese: 一個中國 政策 ; pinyin: yī gè Zhōngguó) refers to the policy or view that there is only one state called China , despite the existence of two governments that claim to be China …   Wikipedia

  • List of one-time Futurama characters — The following that are listed here are characters that have so far appeared only once in Futurama. Contents 1 Dr. Widnar 2 Chief O Mannahan 3 Colonel 4 Waterfalls …   Wikipedia

  • NOLA Express — is a singular publication started in 1967 in New Orleans as part of the Underground Free Press movement of the 1960s that protested the Vietnam War and other government policies along with social hypocrisies. Published by two young poets, Darlene …   Wikipedia

  • Subliminal self — The phrase subliminal self, which is one that has figured largely of recent years in discussions of the problems of Psychical Research, owes its wide currency to the writings of FWH Myers, especially to his posthumous work Human Personality and… …   Wikipedia

  • National Express East Anglia — Not to be confused with National Express East Coast. National Express East Anglia …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»